1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 1995, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
3 * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER.
4 *
5 * This code is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
6 * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only, as
7 * published by the Free Software Foundation. Oracle designates this
8 * particular file as subject to the "Classpath" exception as provided
9 * by Oracle in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code.
10 *
11 * This code is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
12 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
13 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
14 * version 2 for more details (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that
15 * accompanied this code).
16 *
17 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License version
18 * 2 along with this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
19 * Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
20 *
21 * Please contact Oracle, 500 Oracle Parkway, Redwood Shores, CA 94065 USA
22 * or visit www.oracle.com if you need additional information or have any
23 * questions.
24 */
25 package java.awt;
26
27 import java.io.PrintStream;
28 import java.io.PrintWriter;
29 import java.util.Vector;
30 import java.util.Locale;
31 import java.util.EventListener;
32 import java.util.Iterator;
33 import java.util.HashSet;
34 import java.util.Map;
35 import java.util.Set;
36 import java.util.Collections;
37 import java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer;
38 import java.awt.peer.ContainerPeer;
39 import java.awt.peer.LightweightPeer;
40 import java.awt.image.BufferStrategy;
41 import java.awt.image.ImageObserver;
42 import java.awt.image.ImageProducer;
43 import java.awt.image.ColorModel;
44 import java.awt.image.VolatileImage;
45 import java.awt.event.*;
46 import java.io.Serializable;
47 import java.io.ObjectOutputStream;
48 import java.io.ObjectInputStream;
49 import java.io.IOException;
50 import java.beans.PropertyChangeListener;
51 import java.beans.PropertyChangeSupport;
52 import java.beans.Transient;
53 import java.awt.event.InputMethodListener;
54 import java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent;
55 import java.awt.im.InputContext;
56 import java.awt.im.InputMethodRequests;
57 import java.awt.dnd.DropTarget;
58 import java.lang.reflect.InvocationTargetException;
59 import java.lang.reflect.Method;
60 import java.security.AccessController;
61 import java.security.PrivilegedAction;
62 import java.security.AccessControlContext;
63 import javax.accessibility.*;
64 import java.applet.Applet;
65
66 import sun.security.action.GetPropertyAction;
67 import sun.awt.AppContext;
68 import sun.awt.AWTAccessor;
69 import sun.awt.ConstrainableGraphics;
70 import sun.awt.SubRegionShowable;
71 import sun.awt.SunToolkit;
72 import sun.awt.WindowClosingListener;
73 import sun.awt.CausedFocusEvent;
74 import sun.awt.EmbeddedFrame;
75 import sun.awt.dnd.SunDropTargetEvent;
76 import sun.awt.im.CompositionArea;
77 import sun.font.FontManager;
78 import sun.font.FontManagerFactory;
79 import sun.font.SunFontManager;
80 import sun.java2d.SunGraphics2D;
81 import sun.java2d.pipe.Region;
82 import sun.awt.image.VSyncedBSManager;
83 import sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities;
84 import static sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities.VSyncType.*;
85 import sun.awt.RequestFocusController;
86 import sun.java2d.SunGraphicsEnvironment;
87 import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
88
89 /**
90 * A <em>component</em> is an object having a graphical representation
91 * that can be displayed on the screen and that can interact with the
92 * user. Examples of components are the buttons, checkboxes, and scrollbars
93 * of a typical graphical user interface. <p>
94 * The <code>Component</code> class is the abstract superclass of
95 * the nonmenu-related Abstract Window Toolkit components. Class
96 * <code>Component</code> can also be extended directly to create a
97 * lightweight component. A lightweight component is a component that is
98 * not associated with a native window. On the contrary, a heavyweight
99 * component is associated with a native window. The {@link #isLightweight()}
100 * method may be used to distinguish between the two kinds of the components.
101 * <p>
102 * Lightweight and heavyweight components may be mixed in a single component
103 * hierarchy. However, for correct operating of such a mixed hierarchy of
104 * components, the whole hierarchy must be valid. When the hierarchy gets
105 * invalidated, like after changing the bounds of components, or
106 * adding/removing components to/from containers, the whole hierarchy must be
107 * validated afterwards by means of the {@link Container#validate()} method
108 * invoked on the top-most invalid container of the hierarchy.
109 * <p>
110 * <h3>Serialization</h3>
111 * It is important to note that only AWT listeners which conform
112 * to the <code>Serializable</code> protocol will be saved when
113 * the object is stored. If an AWT object has listeners that
114 * aren't marked serializable, they will be dropped at
115 * <code>writeObject</code> time. Developers will need, as always,
116 * to consider the implications of making an object serializable.
117 * One situation to watch out for is this:
118 * <pre>
119 * import java.awt.*;
120 * import java.awt.event.*;
121 * import java.io.Serializable;
122 *
123 * class MyApp implements ActionListener, Serializable
124 * {
125 * BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
126 * Button aButton = new Button();
127 *
128 * MyApp()
129 * {
130 * // Oops, now aButton has a listener with a reference
131 * // to bigOne!
132 * aButton.addActionListener(this);
133 * }
134 *
135 * public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
136 * {
137 * System.out.println("Hello There");
138 * }
139 * }
140 * </pre>
141 * In this example, serializing <code>aButton</code> by itself
142 * will cause <code>MyApp</code> and everything it refers to
143 * to be serialized as well. The problem is that the listener
144 * is serializable by coincidence, not by design. To separate
145 * the decisions about <code>MyApp</code> and the
146 * <code>ActionListener</code> being serializable one can use a
147 * nested class, as in the following example:
148 * <pre>
149 * import java.awt.*;
150 * import java.awt.event.*;
151 * import java.io.Serializable;
152 *
153 * class MyApp implements java.io.Serializable
154 * {
155 * BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
156 * Button aButton = new Button();
157 *
158 * static class MyActionListener implements ActionListener
159 * {
160 * public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
161 * {
162 * System.out.println("Hello There");
163 * }
164 * }
165 *
166 * MyApp()
167 * {
168 * aButton.addActionListener(new MyActionListener());
169 * }
170 * }
171 * </pre>
172 * <p>
173 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
174 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
175 * efficient painting code, see
176 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
177 * <p>
178 * For details on the focus subsystem, see
179 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/uiswing/misc/focus.html">
180 * How to Use the Focus Subsystem</a>,
181 * a section in <em>The Java Tutorial</em>, and the
182 * <a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
183 * for more information.
184 *
185 * @author Arthur van Hoff
186 * @author Sami Shaio
187 */
188 public abstract class Component implements ImageObserver, MenuContainer,
189 Serializable
190 {
191
192 private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.Component");
193 private static final PlatformLogger eventLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.event.Component");
194 private static final PlatformLogger focusLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.focus.Component");
195 private static final PlatformLogger mixingLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.mixing.Component");
196
197 /**
198 * The peer of the component. The peer implements the component's
199 * behavior. The peer is set when the <code>Component</code> is
200 * added to a container that also is a peer.
201 * @see #addNotify
202 * @see #removeNotify
203 */
204 transient ComponentPeer peer;
205
206 /**
207 * The parent of the object. It may be <code>null</code>
208 * for top-level components.
209 * @see #getParent
210 */
211 transient Container parent;
212
213 /**
214 * The <code>AppContext</code> of the component. Applets/Plugin may
215 * change the AppContext.
216 */
217 transient AppContext appContext;
218
219 /**
220 * The x position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
221 *
222 * @serial
223 * @see #getLocation
224 */
225 int x;
226
227 /**
228 * The y position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
229 *
230 * @serial
231 * @see #getLocation
232 */
233 int y;
234
235 /**
236 * The width of the component.
237 *
238 * @serial
239 * @see #getSize
240 */
241 int width;
242
243 /**
244 * The height of the component.
245 *
246 * @serial
247 * @see #getSize
248 */
249 int height;
250
251 /**
252 * The foreground color for this component.
253 * <code>foreground</code> can be <code>null</code>.
254 *
255 * @serial
256 * @see #getForeground
257 * @see #setForeground
258 */
259 Color foreground;
260
261 /**
262 * The background color for this component.
263 * <code>background</code> can be <code>null</code>.
264 *
265 * @serial
266 * @see #getBackground
267 * @see #setBackground
268 */
269 Color background;
270
271 /**
272 * The font used by this component.
273 * The <code>font</code> can be <code>null</code>.
274 *
275 * @serial
276 * @see #getFont
277 * @see #setFont
278 */
279 Font font;
280
281 /**
282 * The font which the peer is currently using.
283 * (<code>null</code> if no peer exists.)
284 */
285 Font peerFont;
286
287 /**
288 * The cursor displayed when pointer is over this component.
289 * This value can be <code>null</code>.
290 *
291 * @serial
292 * @see #getCursor
293 * @see #setCursor
294 */
295 Cursor cursor;
296
297 /**
298 * The locale for the component.
299 *
300 * @serial
301 * @see #getLocale
302 * @see #setLocale
303 */
304 Locale locale;
305
306 /**
307 * A reference to a <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> object
308 * used to describe the characteristics of a graphics
309 * destination.
310 * This value can be <code>null</code>.
311 *
312 * @since 1.3
313 * @serial
314 * @see GraphicsConfiguration
315 * @see #getGraphicsConfiguration
316 */
317 private transient GraphicsConfiguration graphicsConfig = null;
318
319 /**
320 * A reference to a <code>BufferStrategy</code> object
321 * used to manipulate the buffers on this component.
322 *
323 * @since 1.4
324 * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
325 * @see #getBufferStrategy()
326 */
327 transient BufferStrategy bufferStrategy = null;
328
329 /**
330 * True when the object should ignore all repaint events.
331 *
332 * @since 1.4
333 * @serial
334 * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
335 * @see #getIgnoreRepaint
336 */
337 boolean ignoreRepaint = false;
338
339 /**
340 * True when the object is visible. An object that is not
341 * visible is not drawn on the screen.
342 *
343 * @serial
344 * @see #isVisible
345 * @see #setVisible
346 */
347 boolean visible = true;
348
349 /**
350 * True when the object is enabled. An object that is not
351 * enabled does not interact with the user.
352 *
353 * @serial
354 * @see #isEnabled
355 * @see #setEnabled
356 */
357 boolean enabled = true;
358
359 /**
360 * True when the object is valid. An invalid object needs to
361 * be layed out. This flag is set to false when the object
362 * size is changed.
363 *
364 * @serial
365 * @see #isValid
366 * @see #validate
367 * @see #invalidate
368 */
369 private volatile boolean valid = false;
370
371 /**
372 * The <code>DropTarget</code> associated with this component.
373 *
374 * @since 1.2
375 * @serial
376 * @see #setDropTarget
377 * @see #getDropTarget
378 */
379 DropTarget dropTarget;
380
381 /**
382 * @serial
383 * @see #add
384 */
385 Vector popups;
386
387 /**
388 * A component's name.
389 * This field can be <code>null</code>.
390 *
391 * @serial
392 * @see #getName
393 * @see #setName(String)
394 */
395 private String name;
396
397 /**
398 * A bool to determine whether the name has
399 * been set explicitly. <code>nameExplicitlySet</code> will
400 * be false if the name has not been set and
401 * true if it has.
402 *
403 * @serial
404 * @see #getName
405 * @see #setName(String)
406 */
407 private boolean nameExplicitlySet = false;
408
409 /**
410 * Indicates whether this Component can be focused.
411 *
412 * @serial
413 * @see #setFocusable
414 * @see #isFocusable
415 * @since 1.4
416 */
417 private boolean focusable = true;
418
419 private static final int FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN = 0;
420 private static final int FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_DEFAULT = 1;
421 private static final int FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_SET = 2;
422
423 /**
424 * Tracks whether this Component is relying on default focus travesability.
425 *
426 * @serial
427 * @since 1.4
428 */
429 private int isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN;
430
431 /**
432 * The focus traversal keys. These keys will generate focus traversal
433 * behavior for Components for which focus traversal keys are enabled. If a
434 * value of null is specified for a traversal key, this Component inherits
435 * that traversal key from its parent. If all ancestors of this Component
436 * have null specified for that traversal key, then the current
437 * KeyboardFocusManager's default traversal key is used.
438 *
439 * @serial
440 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
441 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeys
442 * @since 1.4
443 */
444 Set[] focusTraversalKeys;
445
446 private static final String[] focusTraversalKeyPropertyNames = {
447 "forwardFocusTraversalKeys",
448 "backwardFocusTraversalKeys",
449 "upCycleFocusTraversalKeys",
450 "downCycleFocusTraversalKeys"
451 };
452
453 /**
454 * Indicates whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component.
455 * Components for which focus traversal keys are disabled receive key
456 * events for focus traversal keys. Components for which focus traversal
457 * keys are enabled do not see these events; instead, the events are
458 * automatically converted to traversal operations.
459 *
460 * @serial
461 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled
462 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeysEnabled
463 * @since 1.4
464 */
465 private boolean focusTraversalKeysEnabled = true;
466
467 /**
468 * The locking object for AWT component-tree and layout operations.
469 *
470 * @see #getTreeLock
471 */
472 static final Object LOCK = new AWTTreeLock();
473 static class AWTTreeLock {}
474
475 /*
476 * The component's AccessControlContext.
477 */
478 private transient volatile AccessControlContext acc =
479 AccessController.getContext();
480
481 /**
482 * Minimum size.
483 * (This field perhaps should have been transient).
484 *
485 * @serial
486 */
487 Dimension minSize;
488
489 /**
490 * Whether or not setMinimumSize has been invoked with a non-null value.
491 */
492 boolean minSizeSet;
493
494 /**
495 * Preferred size.
496 * (This field perhaps should have been transient).
497 *
498 * @serial
499 */
500 Dimension prefSize;
501
502 /**
503 * Whether or not setPreferredSize has been invoked with a non-null value.
504 */
505 boolean prefSizeSet;
506
507 /**
508 * Maximum size
509 *
510 * @serial
511 */
512 Dimension maxSize;
513
514 /**
515 * Whether or not setMaximumSize has been invoked with a non-null value.
516 */
517 boolean maxSizeSet;
518
519 /**
520 * The orientation for this component.
521 * @see #getComponentOrientation
522 * @see #setComponentOrientation
523 */
524 transient ComponentOrientation componentOrientation
525 = ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN;
526
527 /**
528 * <code>newEventsOnly</code> will be true if the event is
529 * one of the event types enabled for the component.
530 * It will then allow for normal processing to
531 * continue. If it is false the event is passed
532 * to the component's parent and up the ancestor
533 * tree until the event has been consumed.
534 *
535 * @serial
536 * @see #dispatchEvent
537 */
538 boolean newEventsOnly = false;
539 transient ComponentListener componentListener;
540 transient FocusListener focusListener;
541 transient HierarchyListener hierarchyListener;
542 transient HierarchyBoundsListener hierarchyBoundsListener;
543 transient KeyListener keyListener;
544 transient MouseListener mouseListener;
545 transient MouseMotionListener mouseMotionListener;
546 transient MouseWheelListener mouseWheelListener;
547 transient InputMethodListener inputMethodListener;
548
549 transient RuntimeException windowClosingException = null;
550
551 /** Internal, constants for serialization */
552 final static String actionListenerK = "actionL";
553 final static String adjustmentListenerK = "adjustmentL";
554 final static String componentListenerK = "componentL";
555 final static String containerListenerK = "containerL";
556 final static String focusListenerK = "focusL";
557 final static String itemListenerK = "itemL";
558 final static String keyListenerK = "keyL";
559 final static String mouseListenerK = "mouseL";
560 final static String mouseMotionListenerK = "mouseMotionL";
561 final static String mouseWheelListenerK = "mouseWheelL";
562 final static String textListenerK = "textL";
563 final static String ownedWindowK = "ownedL";
564 final static String windowListenerK = "windowL";
565 final static String inputMethodListenerK = "inputMethodL";
566 final static String hierarchyListenerK = "hierarchyL";
567 final static String hierarchyBoundsListenerK = "hierarchyBoundsL";
568 final static String windowStateListenerK = "windowStateL";
569 final static String windowFocusListenerK = "windowFocusL";
570
571 /**
572 * The <code>eventMask</code> is ONLY set by subclasses via
573 * <code>enableEvents</code>.
574 * The mask should NOT be set when listeners are registered
575 * so that we can distinguish the difference between when
576 * listeners request events and subclasses request them.
577 * One bit is used to indicate whether input methods are
578 * enabled; this bit is set by <code>enableInputMethods</code> and is
579 * on by default.
580 *
581 * @serial
582 * @see #enableInputMethods
583 * @see AWTEvent
584 */
585 long eventMask = AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
586
587 /**
588 * Static properties for incremental drawing.
589 * @see #imageUpdate
590 */
591 static boolean isInc;
592 static int incRate;
593 static {
594 /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
595 Toolkit.loadLibraries();
596 /* initialize JNI field and method ids */
597 if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
598 initIDs();
599 }
600
601 String s = (String) java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
602 new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.incrementaldraw"));
603 isInc = (s == null || s.equals("true"));
604
605 s = (String) java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
606 new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.redrawrate"));
607 incRate = (s != null) ? Integer.parseInt(s) : 100;
608 }
609
610 /**
611 * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY()</code>.
612 * Specifies an alignment to the top of the component.
613 * @see #getAlignmentY
614 */
615 public static final float TOP_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
616
617 /**
618 * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY</code> and
619 * <code>getAlignmentX</code>. Specifies an alignment to
620 * the center of the component
621 * @see #getAlignmentX
622 * @see #getAlignmentY
623 */
624 public static final float CENTER_ALIGNMENT = 0.5f;
625
626 /**
627 * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY</code>.
628 * Specifies an alignment to the bottom of the component.
629 * @see #getAlignmentY
630 */
631 public static final float BOTTOM_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
632
633 /**
634 * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentX</code>.
635 * Specifies an alignment to the left side of the component.
636 * @see #getAlignmentX
637 */
638 public static final float LEFT_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
639
640 /**
641 * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentX</code>.
642 * Specifies an alignment to the right side of the component.
643 * @see #getAlignmentX
644 */
645 public static final float RIGHT_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
646
647 /*
648 * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
649 */
650 private static final long serialVersionUID = -7644114512714619750L;
651
652 /**
653 * If any <code>PropertyChangeListeners</code> have been registered,
654 * the <code>changeSupport</code> field describes them.
655 *
656 * @serial
657 * @since 1.2
658 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
659 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
660 * @see #firePropertyChange
661 */
662 private PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
663
664 /*
665 * In some cases using "this" as an object to synchronize by
666 * can lead to a deadlock if client code also uses synchronization
667 * by a component object. For every such situation revealed we should
668 * consider possibility of replacing "this" with the package private
669 * objectLock object introduced below. So far there're 3 issues known:
670 * - CR 6708322 (the getName/setName methods);
671 * - CR 6608764 (the PropertyChangeListener machinery);
672 * - CR 7108598 (the Container.paint/KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner methods).
673 *
674 * Note: this field is considered final, though readObject() prohibits
675 * initializing final fields.
676 */
677 private transient Object objectLock = new Object();
678 Object getObjectLock() {
679 return objectLock;
680 }
681
682 /*
683 * Returns the acc this component was constructed with.
684 */
685 final AccessControlContext getAccessControlContext() {
686 if (acc == null) {
687 throw new SecurityException("Component is missing AccessControlContext");
688 }
689 return acc;
690 }
691
692 boolean isPacked = false;
693
694 /**
695 * Pseudoparameter for direct Geometry API (setLocation, setBounds setSize
696 * to signal setBounds what's changing. Should be used under TreeLock.
697 * This is only needed due to the inability to change the cross-calling
698 * order of public and deprecated methods.
699 */
700 private int boundsOp = ComponentPeer.DEFAULT_OPERATION;
701
702 /**
703 * Enumeration of the common ways the baseline of a component can
704 * change as the size changes. The baseline resize behavior is
705 * primarily for layout managers that need to know how the
706 * position of the baseline changes as the component size changes.
707 * In general the baseline resize behavior will be valid for sizes
708 * greater than or equal to the minimum size (the actual minimum
709 * size; not a developer specified minimum size). For sizes
710 * smaller than the minimum size the baseline may change in a way
711 * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates. Similarly,
712 * as the size approaches <code>Integer.MAX_VALUE</code> and/or
713 * <code>Short.MAX_VALUE</code> the baseline may change in a way
714 * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.
715 *
716 * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
717 * @see #getBaseline(int,int)
718 * @since 1.6
719 */
720 public enum BaselineResizeBehavior {
721 /**
722 * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the
723 * y-origin. That is, <code>getBaseline</code> returns
724 * the same value regardless of the height or width. For example, a
725 * <code>JLabel</code> containing non-empty text with a
726 * vertical alignment of <code>TOP</code> should have a
727 * baseline type of <code>CONSTANT_ASCENT</code>.
728 */
729 CONSTANT_ASCENT,
730
731 /**
732 * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the height
733 * and does not change as the width is varied. That is, for
734 * any height H the difference between H and
735 * <code>getBaseline(w, H)</code> is the same. For example, a
736 * <code>JLabel</code> containing non-empty text with a
737 * vertical alignment of <code>BOTTOM</code> should have a
738 * baseline type of <code>CONSTANT_DESCENT</code>.
739 */
740 CONSTANT_DESCENT,
741
742 /**
743 * Indicates the baseline remains a fixed distance from
744 * the center of the component. That is, for any height H the
745 * difference between <code>getBaseline(w, H)</code> and
746 * <code>H / 2</code> is the same (plus or minus one depending upon
747 * rounding error).
748 * <p>
749 * Because of possible rounding errors it is recommended
750 * you ask for the baseline with two consecutive heights and use
751 * the return value to determine if you need to pad calculations
752 * by 1. The following shows how to calculate the baseline for
753 * any height:
754 * <pre>
755 * Dimension preferredSize = component.getPreferredSize();
756 * int baseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
757 * preferredSize.height);
758 * int nextBaseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
759 * preferredSize.height + 1);
760 * // Amount to add to height when calculating where baseline
761 * // lands for a particular height:
762 * int padding = 0;
763 * // Where the baseline is relative to the mid point
764 * int baselineOffset = baseline - height / 2;
765 * if (preferredSize.height % 2 == 0 &&
766 * baseline != nextBaseline) {
767 * padding = 1;
768 * }
769 * else if (preferredSize.height % 2 == 1 &&
770 * baseline == nextBaseline) {
771 * baselineOffset--;
772 * padding = 1;
773 * }
774 * // The following calculates where the baseline lands for
775 * // the height z:
776 * int calculatedBaseline = (z + padding) / 2 + baselineOffset;
777 * </pre>
778 */
779 CENTER_OFFSET,
780
781 /**
782 * Indicates the baseline resize behavior can not be expressed using
783 * any of the other constants. This may also indicate the baseline
784 * varies with the width of the component. This is also returned
785 * by components that do not have a baseline.
786 */
787 OTHER
788 }
789
790 /*
791 * The shape set with the applyCompoundShape() method. It uncludes the result
792 * of the HW/LW mixing related shape computation. It may also include
793 * the user-specified shape of the component.
794 * The 'null' value means the component has normal shape (or has no shape at all)
795 * and applyCompoundShape() will skip the following shape identical to normal.
796 */
797 private transient Region compoundShape = null;
798
799 /*
800 * Represents the shape of this lightweight component to be cut out from
801 * heavyweight components should they intersect. Possible values:
802 * 1. null - consider the shape rectangular
803 * 2. EMPTY_REGION - nothing gets cut out (children still get cut out)
804 * 3. non-empty - this shape gets cut out.
805 */
806 private transient Region mixingCutoutRegion = null;
807
808 /*
809 * Indicates whether addNotify() is complete
810 * (i.e. the peer is created).
811 */
812 private transient boolean isAddNotifyComplete = false;
813
814 /**
815 * Should only be used in subclass getBounds to check that part of bounds
816 * is actualy changing
817 */
818 int getBoundsOp() {
819 assert Thread.holdsLock(getTreeLock());
820 return boundsOp;
821 }
822
823 void setBoundsOp(int op) {
824 assert Thread.holdsLock(getTreeLock());
825 if (op == ComponentPeer.RESET_OPERATION) {
826 boundsOp = ComponentPeer.DEFAULT_OPERATION;
827 } else
828 if (boundsOp == ComponentPeer.DEFAULT_OPERATION) {
829 boundsOp = op;
830 }
831 }
832
833 // Whether this Component has had the background erase flag
834 // specified via SunToolkit.disableBackgroundErase(). This is
835 // needed in order to make this function work on X11 platforms,
836 // where currently there is no chance to interpose on the creation
837 // of the peer and therefore the call to XSetBackground.
838 transient boolean backgroundEraseDisabled;
839
840 static {
841 AWTAccessor.setComponentAccessor(new AWTAccessor.ComponentAccessor() {
842 public void setBackgroundEraseDisabled(Component comp, boolean disabled) {
843 comp.backgroundEraseDisabled = disabled;
844 }
845 public boolean getBackgroundEraseDisabled(Component comp) {
846 return comp.backgroundEraseDisabled;
847 }
848 public Rectangle getBounds(Component comp) {
849 return new Rectangle(comp.x, comp.y, comp.width, comp.height);
850 }
851 public void setMixingCutoutShape(Component comp, Shape shape) {
852 Region region = shape == null ? null :
853 Region.getInstance(shape, null);
854
855 synchronized (comp.getTreeLock()) {
856 boolean needShowing = false;
857 boolean needHiding = false;
858
859 if (!comp.isNonOpaqueForMixing()) {
860 needHiding = true;
861 }
862
863 comp.mixingCutoutRegion = region;
864
865 if (!comp.isNonOpaqueForMixing()) {
866 needShowing = true;
867 }
868
869 if (comp.isMixingNeeded()) {
870 if (needHiding) {
871 comp.mixOnHiding(comp.isLightweight());
872 }
873 if (needShowing) {
874 comp.mixOnShowing();
875 }
876 }
877 }
878 }
879
880 public void setGraphicsConfiguration(Component comp,
881 GraphicsConfiguration gc)
882 {
883 comp.setGraphicsConfiguration(gc);
884 }
885 public boolean requestFocus(Component comp, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
886 return comp.requestFocus(cause);
887 }
888 public boolean canBeFocusOwner(Component comp) {
889 return comp.canBeFocusOwner();
890 }
891
892 public boolean isVisible(Component comp) {
893 return comp.isVisible_NoClientCode();
894 }
895 public void setRequestFocusController
896 (RequestFocusController requestController)
897 {
898 Component.setRequestFocusController(requestController);
899 }
900 public AppContext getAppContext(Component comp) {
901 return comp.appContext;
902 }
903 public void setAppContext(Component comp, AppContext appContext) {
904 comp.appContext = appContext;
905 }
906 public Container getParent(Component comp) {
907 return comp.getParent_NoClientCode();
908 }
909 public void setParent(Component comp, Container parent) {
910 comp.parent = parent;
911 }
912 public void setSize(Component comp, int width, int height) {
913 comp.width = width;
914 comp.height = height;
915 }
916 public Point getLocation(Component comp) {
917 return comp.location_NoClientCode();
918 }
919 public void setLocation(Component comp, int x, int y) {
920 comp.x = x;
921 comp.y = y;
922 }
923 public boolean isEnabled(Component comp) {
924 return comp.isEnabledImpl();
925 }
926 public boolean isDisplayable(Component comp) {
927 return comp.peer != null;
928 }
929 public Cursor getCursor(Component comp) {
930 return comp.getCursor_NoClientCode();
931 }
932 public ComponentPeer getPeer(Component comp) {
933 return comp.peer;
934 }
935 public void setPeer(Component comp, ComponentPeer peer) {
936 comp.peer = peer;
937 }
938 public boolean isLightweight(Component comp) {
939 return (comp.peer instanceof LightweightPeer);
940 }
941 public boolean getIgnoreRepaint(Component comp) {
942 return comp.ignoreRepaint;
943 }
944 public int getWidth(Component comp) {
945 return comp.width;
946 }
947 public int getHeight(Component comp) {
948 return comp.height;
949 }
950 public int getX(Component comp) {
951 return comp.x;
952 }
953 public int getY(Component comp) {
954 return comp.y;
955 }
956 public Color getForeground(Component comp) {
957 return comp.foreground;
958 }
959 public Color getBackground(Component comp) {
960 return comp.background;
961 }
962 public void setBackground(Component comp, Color background) {
963 comp.background = background;
964 }
965 public Font getFont(Component comp) {
966 return comp.getFont_NoClientCode();
967 }
968 public void processEvent(Component comp, AWTEvent e) {
969 comp.processEvent(e);
970 }
971
972 public AccessControlContext getAccessControlContext(Component comp) {
973 return comp.getAccessControlContext();
974 }
975 });
976 }
977
978 /**
979 * Constructs a new component. Class <code>Component</code> can be
980 * extended directly to create a lightweight component that does not
981 * utilize an opaque native window. A lightweight component must be
982 * hosted by a native container somewhere higher up in the component
983 * tree (for example, by a <code>Frame</code> object).
984 */
985 protected Component() {
986 appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
987 }
988
989 void initializeFocusTraversalKeys() {
990 focusTraversalKeys = new Set[3];
991 }
992
993 /**
994 * Constructs a name for this component. Called by <code>getName</code>
995 * when the name is <code>null</code>.
996 */
997 String constructComponentName() {
998 return null; // For strict compliance with prior platform versions, a Component
999 // that doesn't set its name should return null from
1000 // getName()
1001 }
1002
1003 /**
1004 * Gets the name of the component.
1005 * @return this component's name
1006 * @see #setName
1007 * @since JDK1.1
1008 */
1009 public String getName() {
1010 if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet) {
1011 synchronized(getObjectLock()) {
1012 if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet)
1013 name = constructComponentName();
1014 }
1015 }
1016 return name;
1017 }
1018
1019 /**
1020 * Sets the name of the component to the specified string.
1021 * @param name the string that is to be this
1022 * component's name
1023 * @see #getName
1024 * @since JDK1.1
1025 */
1026 public void setName(String name) {
1027 String oldName;
1028 synchronized(getObjectLock()) {
1029 oldName = this.name;
1030 this.name = name;
1031 nameExplicitlySet = true;
1032 }
1033 firePropertyChange("name", oldName, name);
1034 }
1035
1036 /**
1037 * Gets the parent of this component.
1038 * @return the parent container of this component
1039 * @since JDK1.0
1040 */
1041 public Container getParent() {
1042 return getParent_NoClientCode();
1043 }
1044
1045 // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1046 // This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1047 // to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1048 // DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1049 final Container getParent_NoClientCode() {
1050 return parent;
1051 }
1052
1053 // This method is overriden in the Window class to return null,
1054 // because the parent field of the Window object contains
1055 // the owner of the window, not its parent.
1056 Container getContainer() {
1057 return getParent();
1058 }
1059
1060 /**
1061 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1062 * programs should not directly manipulate peers;
1063 * replaced by <code>boolean isDisplayable()</code>.
1064 */
1065 @Deprecated
1066 public ComponentPeer getPeer() {
1067 return peer;
1068 }
1069
1070 /**
1071 * Associate a <code>DropTarget</code> with this component.
1072 * The <code>Component</code> will receive drops only if it
1073 * is enabled.
1074 *
1075 * @see #isEnabled
1076 * @param dt The DropTarget
1077 */
1078
1079 public synchronized void setDropTarget(DropTarget dt) {
1080 if (dt == dropTarget || (dropTarget != null && dropTarget.equals(dt)))
1081 return;
1082
1083 DropTarget old;
1084
1085 if ((old = dropTarget) != null) {
1086 if (peer != null) dropTarget.removeNotify(peer);
1087
1088 DropTarget t = dropTarget;
1089
1090 dropTarget = null;
1091
1092 try {
1093 t.setComponent(null);
1094 } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) {
1095 // ignore it.
1096 }
1097 }
1098
1099 // if we have a new one, and we have a peer, add it!
1100
1101 if ((dropTarget = dt) != null) {
1102 try {
1103 dropTarget.setComponent(this);
1104 if (peer != null) dropTarget.addNotify(peer);
1105 } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) {
1106 if (old != null) {
1107 try {
1108 old.setComponent(this);
1109 if (peer != null) dropTarget.addNotify(peer);
1110 } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae1) {
1111 // ignore it!
1112 }
1113 }
1114 }
1115 }
1116 }
1117
1118 /**
1119 * Gets the <code>DropTarget</code> associated with this
1120 * <code>Component</code>.
1121 */
1122
1123 public synchronized DropTarget getDropTarget() { return dropTarget; }
1124
1125 /**
1126 * Gets the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> associated with this
1127 * <code>Component</code>.
1128 * If the <code>Component</code> has not been assigned a specific
1129 * <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code>,
1130 * the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> of the
1131 * <code>Component</code> object's top-level container is
1132 * returned.
1133 * If the <code>Component</code> has been created, but not yet added
1134 * to a <code>Container</code>, this method returns <code>null</code>.
1135 *
1136 * @return the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> used by this
1137 * <code>Component</code> or <code>null</code>
1138 * @since 1.3
1139 */
1140 public GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration() {
1141 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1142 return getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode();
1143 }
1144 }
1145
1146 final GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode() {
1147 return graphicsConfig;
1148 }
1149
1150 void setGraphicsConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1151 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1152 if (updateGraphicsData(gc)) {
1153 removeNotify();
1154 addNotify();
1155 }
1156 }
1157 }
1158
1159 boolean updateGraphicsData(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1160 checkTreeLock();
1161
1162 graphicsConfig = gc;
1163
1164 ComponentPeer peer = getPeer();
1165 if (peer != null) {
1166 return peer.updateGraphicsData(gc);
1167 }
1168 return false;
1169 }
1170
1171 /**
1172 * Checks that this component's <code>GraphicsDevice</code>
1173 * <code>idString</code> matches the string argument.
1174 */
1175 void checkGD(String stringID) {
1176 if (graphicsConfig != null) {
1177 if (!graphicsConfig.getDevice().getIDstring().equals(stringID)) {
1178 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
1179 "adding a container to a container on a different GraphicsDevice");
1180 }
1181 }
1182 }
1183
1184 /**
1185 * Gets this component's locking object (the object that owns the thread
1186 * synchronization monitor) for AWT component-tree and layout
1187 * operations.
1188 * @return this component's locking object
1189 */
1190 public final Object getTreeLock() {
1191 return LOCK;
1192 }
1193
1194 final void checkTreeLock() {
1195 if (!Thread.holdsLock(getTreeLock())) {
1196 throw new IllegalStateException("This function should be called while holding treeLock");
1197 }
1198 }
1199
1200 /**
1201 * Gets the toolkit of this component. Note that
1202 * the frame that contains a component controls which
1203 * toolkit is used by that component. Therefore if the component
1204 * is moved from one frame to another, the toolkit it uses may change.
1205 * @return the toolkit of this component
1206 * @since JDK1.0
1207 */
1208 public Toolkit getToolkit() {
1209 return getToolkitImpl();
1210 }
1211
1212 /*
1213 * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
1214 * be called on the toolkit thread.
1215 */
1216 final Toolkit getToolkitImpl() {
1217 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1218 if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)){
1219 return peer.getToolkit();
1220 }
1221 Container parent = this.parent;
1222 if (parent != null) {
1223 return parent.getToolkitImpl();
1224 }
1225 return Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
1226 }
1227
1228 /**
1229 * Determines whether this component is valid. A component is valid
1230 * when it is correctly sized and positioned within its parent
1231 * container and all its children are also valid.
1232 * In order to account for peers' size requirements, components are invalidated
1233 * before they are first shown on the screen. By the time the parent container
1234 * is fully realized, all its components will be valid.
1235 * @return <code>true</code> if the component is valid, <code>false</code>
1236 * otherwise
1237 * @see #validate
1238 * @see #invalidate
1239 * @since JDK1.0
1240 */
1241 public boolean isValid() {
1242 return (peer != null) && valid;
1243 }
1244
1245 /**
1246 * Determines whether this component is displayable. A component is
1247 * displayable when it is connected to a native screen resource.
1248 * <p>
1249 * A component is made displayable either when it is added to
1250 * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment
1251 * hierarchy is made displayable.
1252 * A containment hierarchy is made displayable when its ancestor
1253 * window is either packed or made visible.
1254 * <p>
1255 * A component is made undisplayable either when it is removed from
1256 * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment hierarchy
1257 * is made undisplayable. A containment hierarchy is made
1258 * undisplayable when its ancestor window is disposed.
1259 *
1260 * @return <code>true</code> if the component is displayable,
1261 * <code>false</code> otherwise
1262 * @see Container#add(Component)
1263 * @see Window#pack
1264 * @see Window#show
1265 * @see Container#remove(Component)
1266 * @see Window#dispose
1267 * @since 1.2
1268 */
1269 public boolean isDisplayable() {
1270 return getPeer() != null;
1271 }
1272
1273 /**
1274 * Determines whether this component should be visible when its
1275 * parent is visible. Components are
1276 * initially visible, with the exception of top level components such
1277 * as <code>Frame</code> objects.
1278 * @return <code>true</code> if the component is visible,
1279 * <code>false</code> otherwise
1280 * @see #setVisible
1281 * @since JDK1.0
1282 */
1283 @Transient
1284 public boolean isVisible() {
1285 return isVisible_NoClientCode();
1286 }
1287 final boolean isVisible_NoClientCode() {
1288 return visible;
1289 }
1290
1291 /**
1292 * Determines whether this component will be displayed on the screen.
1293 * @return <code>true</code> if the component and all of its ancestors
1294 * until a toplevel window or null parent are visible,
1295 * <code>false</code> otherwise
1296 */
1297 boolean isRecursivelyVisible() {
1298 return visible && (parent == null || parent.isRecursivelyVisible());
1299 }
1300
1301 /**
1302 * Translates absolute coordinates into coordinates in the coordinate
1303 * space of this component.
1304 */
1305 Point pointRelativeToComponent(Point absolute) {
1306 Point compCoords = getLocationOnScreen();
1307 return new Point(absolute.x - compCoords.x,
1308 absolute.y - compCoords.y);
1309 }
1310
1311 /**
1312 * Assuming that mouse location is stored in PointerInfo passed
1313 * to this method, it finds a Component that is in the same
1314 * Window as this Component and is located under the mouse pointer.
1315 * If no such Component exists, null is returned.
1316 * NOTE: this method should be called under the protection of
1317 * tree lock, as it is done in Component.getMousePosition() and
1318 * Container.getMousePosition(boolean).
1319 */
1320 Component findUnderMouseInWindow(PointerInfo pi) {
1321 if (!isShowing()) {
1322 return null;
1323 }
1324 Window win = getContainingWindow();
1325 if (!Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit().getMouseInfoPeer().isWindowUnderMouse(win)) {
1326 return null;
1327 }
1328 final boolean INCLUDE_DISABLED = true;
1329 Point relativeToWindow = win.pointRelativeToComponent(pi.getLocation());
1330 Component inTheSameWindow = win.findComponentAt(relativeToWindow.x,
1331 relativeToWindow.y,
1332 INCLUDE_DISABLED);
1333 return inTheSameWindow;
1334 }
1335
1336 /**
1337 * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this <code>Component</code>'s
1338 * coordinate space if the <code>Component</code> is directly under the mouse
1339 * pointer, otherwise returns <code>null</code>.
1340 * If the <code>Component</code> is not showing on the screen, this method
1341 * returns <code>null</code> even if the mouse pointer is above the area
1342 * where the <code>Component</code> would be displayed.
1343 * If the <code>Component</code> is partially or fully obscured by other
1344 * <code>Component</code>s or native windows, this method returns a non-null
1345 * value only if the mouse pointer is located above the unobscured part of the
1346 * <code>Component</code>.
1347 * <p>
1348 * For <code>Container</code>s it returns a non-null value if the mouse is
1349 * above the <code>Container</code> itself or above any of its descendants.
1350 * Use {@link Container#getMousePosition(boolean)} if you need to exclude children.
1351 * <p>
1352 * Sometimes the exact mouse coordinates are not important, and the only thing
1353 * that matters is whether a specific <code>Component</code> is under the mouse
1354 * pointer. If the return value of this method is <code>null</code>, mouse
1355 * pointer is not directly above the <code>Component</code>.
1356 *
1357 * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
1358 * @see #isShowing
1359 * @see Container#getMousePosition
1360 * @return mouse coordinates relative to this <code>Component</code>, or null
1361 * @since 1.5
1362 */
1363 public Point getMousePosition() throws HeadlessException {
1364 if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
1365 throw new HeadlessException();
1366 }
1367
1368 PointerInfo pi = (PointerInfo)java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
1369 new java.security.PrivilegedAction() {
1370 public Object run() {
1371 return MouseInfo.getPointerInfo();
1372 }
1373 }
1374 );
1375
1376 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1377 Component inTheSameWindow = findUnderMouseInWindow(pi);
1378 if (!isSameOrAncestorOf(inTheSameWindow, true)) {
1379 return null;
1380 }
1381 return pointRelativeToComponent(pi.getLocation());
1382 }
1383 }
1384
1385 /**
1386 * Overridden in Container. Must be called under TreeLock.
1387 */
1388 boolean isSameOrAncestorOf(Component comp, boolean allowChildren) {
1389 return comp == this;
1390 }
1391
1392 /**
1393 * Determines whether this component is showing on screen. This means
1394 * that the component must be visible, and it must be in a container
1395 * that is visible and showing.
1396 * <p>
1397 * <strong>Note:</strong> sometimes there is no way to detect whether the
1398 * {@code Component} is actually visible to the user. This can happen when:
1399 * <ul>
1400 * <li>the component has been added to a visible {@code ScrollPane} but
1401 * the {@code Component} is not currently in the scroll pane's view port.
1402 * <li>the {@code Component} is obscured by another {@code Component} or
1403 * {@code Container}.
1404 * </ul>
1405 * @return <code>true</code> if the component is showing,
1406 * <code>false</code> otherwise
1407 * @see #setVisible
1408 * @since JDK1.0
1409 */
1410 public boolean isShowing() {
1411 if (visible && (peer != null)) {
1412 Container parent = this.parent;
1413 return (parent == null) || parent.isShowing();
1414 }
1415 return false;
1416 }
1417
1418 /**
1419 * Determines whether this component is enabled. An enabled component
1420 * can respond to user input and generate events. Components are
1421 * enabled initially by default. A component may be enabled or disabled by
1422 * calling its <code>setEnabled</code> method.
1423 * @return <code>true</code> if the component is enabled,
1424 * <code>false</code> otherwise
1425 * @see #setEnabled
1426 * @since JDK1.0
1427 */
1428 public boolean isEnabled() {
1429 return isEnabledImpl();
1430 }
1431
1432 /*
1433 * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
1434 * be called on the toolkit thread.
1435 */
1436 final boolean isEnabledImpl() {
1437 return enabled;
1438 }
1439
1440 /**
1441 * Enables or disables this component, depending on the value of the
1442 * parameter <code>b</code>. An enabled component can respond to user
1443 * input and generate events. Components are enabled initially by default.
1444 *
1445 * <p>Note: Disabling a lightweight component does not prevent it from
1446 * receiving MouseEvents.
1447 * <p>Note: Disabling a heavyweight container prevents all components
1448 * in this container from receiving any input events. But disabling a
1449 * lightweight container affects only this container.
1450 *
1451 * @param b If <code>true</code>, this component is
1452 * enabled; otherwise this component is disabled
1453 * @see #isEnabled
1454 * @see #isLightweight
1455 * @since JDK1.1
1456 */
1457 public void setEnabled(boolean b) {
1458 enable(b);
1459 }
1460
1461 /**
1462 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1463 * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1464 */
1465 @Deprecated
1466 public void enable() {
1467 if (!enabled) {
1468 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1469 enabled = true;
1470 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1471 if (peer != null) {
1472 peer.setEnabled(true);
1473 if (visible) {
1474 updateCursorImmediately();
1475 }
1476 }
1477 }
1478 if (accessibleContext != null) {
1479 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
1480 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
1481 null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
1482 }
1483 }
1484 }
1485
1486 /**
1487 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1488 * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1489 */
1490 @Deprecated
1491 public void enable(boolean b) {
1492 if (b) {
1493 enable();
1494 } else {
1495 disable();
1496 }
1497 }
1498
1499 /**
1500 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1501 * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1502 */
1503 @Deprecated
1504 public void disable() {
1505 if (enabled) {
1506 KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1507 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1508 enabled = false;
1509 // A disabled lw container is allowed to contain a focus owner.
1510 if ((isFocusOwner() || (containsFocus() && !isLightweight())) &&
1511 KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled())
1512 {
1513 // Don't clear the global focus owner. If transferFocus
1514 // fails, we want the focus to stay on the disabled
1515 // Component so that keyboard traversal, et. al. still
1516 // makes sense to the user.
1517 transferFocus(false);
1518 }
1519 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1520 if (peer != null) {
1521 peer.setEnabled(false);
1522 if (visible) {
1523 updateCursorImmediately();
1524 }
1525 }
1526 }
1527 if (accessibleContext != null) {
1528 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
1529 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
1530 null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
1531 }
1532 }
1533 }
1534
1535 /**
1536 * Returns true if this component is painted to an offscreen image
1537 * ("buffer") that's copied to the screen later. Component
1538 * subclasses that support double buffering should override this
1539 * method to return true if double buffering is enabled.
1540 *
1541 * @return false by default
1542 */
1543 public boolean isDoubleBuffered() {
1544 return false;
1545 }
1546
1547 /**
1548 * Enables or disables input method support for this component. If input
1549 * method support is enabled and the component also processes key events,
1550 * incoming events are offered to
1551 * the current input method and will only be processed by the component or
1552 * dispatched to its listeners if the input method does not consume them.
1553 * By default, input method support is enabled.
1554 *
1555 * @param enable true to enable, false to disable
1556 * @see #processKeyEvent
1557 * @since 1.2
1558 */
1559 public void enableInputMethods(boolean enable) {
1560 if (enable) {
1561 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0)
1562 return;
1563
1564 // If this component already has focus, then activate the
1565 // input method by dispatching a synthesized focus gained
1566 // event.
1567 if (isFocusOwner()) {
1568 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
1569 if (inputContext != null) {
1570 FocusEvent focusGainedEvent =
1571 new FocusEvent(this, FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED);
1572 inputContext.dispatchEvent(focusGainedEvent);
1573 }
1574 }
1575
1576 eventMask |= AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1577 } else {
1578 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0) {
1579 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
1580 if (inputContext != null) {
1581 inputContext.endComposition();
1582 inputContext.removeNotify(this);
1583 }
1584 }
1585 eventMask &= ~AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1586 }
1587 }
1588
1589 /**
1590 * Shows or hides this component depending on the value of parameter
1591 * <code>b</code>.
1592 * <p>
1593 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1594 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1595 *
1596 * @param b if <code>true</code>, shows this component;
1597 * otherwise, hides this component
1598 * @see #isVisible
1599 * @see #invalidate
1600 * @since JDK1.1
1601 */
1602 public void setVisible(boolean b) {
1603 show(b);
1604 }
1605
1606 /**
1607 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1608 * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1609 */
1610 @Deprecated
1611 public void show() {
1612 if (!visible) {
1613 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1614 visible = true;
1615 mixOnShowing();
1616 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1617 if (peer != null) {
1618 peer.setVisible(true);
1619 createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1620 this, parent,
1621 HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,
1622 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK));
1623 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
1624 repaint();
1625 }
1626 updateCursorImmediately();
1627 }
1628
1629 if (componentListener != null ||
1630 (eventMask & AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
1631 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK)) {
1632 ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
1633 ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN);
1634 Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
1635 }
1636 }
1637 Container parent = this.parent;
1638 if (parent != null) {
1639 parent.invalidate();
1640 }
1641 }
1642 }
1643
1644 /**
1645 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1646 * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1647 */
1648 @Deprecated
1649 public void show(boolean b) {
1650 if (b) {
1651 show();
1652 } else {
1653 hide();
1654 }
1655 }
1656
1657 boolean containsFocus() {
1658 return isFocusOwner();
1659 }
1660
1661 void clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide() {
1662 KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1663 }
1664
1665 void clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide() {
1666 /* do nothing */
1667 }
1668
1669 /**
1670 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1671 * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1672 */
1673 @Deprecated
1674 public void hide() {
1675 isPacked = false;
1676
1677 if (visible) {
1678 clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide();
1679 clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide();
1680 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1681 visible = false;
1682 mixOnHiding(isLightweight());
1683 if (containsFocus() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled()) {
1684 transferFocus(true);
1685 }
1686 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1687 if (peer != null) {
1688 peer.setVisible(false);
1689 createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1690 this, parent,
1691 HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,
1692 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK));
1693 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
1694 repaint();
1695 }
1696 updateCursorImmediately();
1697 }
1698 if (componentListener != null ||
1699 (eventMask & AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
1700 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK)) {
1701 ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
1702 ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_HIDDEN);
1703 Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
1704 }
1705 }
1706 Container parent = this.parent;
1707 if (parent != null) {
1708 parent.invalidate();
1709 }
1710 }
1711 }
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Gets the foreground color of this component.
1715 * @return this component's foreground color; if this component does
1716 * not have a foreground color, the foreground color of its parent
1717 * is returned
1718 * @see #setForeground
1719 * @since JDK1.0
1720 * @beaninfo
1721 * bound: true
1722 */
1723 @Transient
1724 public Color getForeground() {
1725 Color foreground = this.foreground;
1726 if (foreground != null) {
1727 return foreground;
1728 }
1729 Container parent = this.parent;
1730 return (parent != null) ? parent.getForeground() : null;
1731 }
1732
1733 /**
1734 * Sets the foreground color of this component.
1735 * @param c the color to become this component's
1736 * foreground color; if this parameter is <code>null</code>
1737 * then this component will inherit
1738 * the foreground color of its parent
1739 * @see #getForeground
1740 * @since JDK1.0
1741 */
1742 public void setForeground(Color c) {
1743 Color oldColor = foreground;
1744 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1745 foreground = c;
1746 if (peer != null) {
1747 c = getForeground();
1748 if (c != null) {
1749 peer.setForeground(c);
1750 }
1751 }
1752 // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1753 // any registered listeners. (Cheap if there are none.)
1754 firePropertyChange("foreground", oldColor, c);
1755 }
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Returns whether the foreground color has been explicitly set for this
1759 * Component. If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is
1760 * inheriting its foreground color from an ancestor.
1761 *
1762 * @return <code>true</code> if the foreground color has been explicitly
1763 * set for this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1764 * @since 1.4
1765 */
1766 public boolean isForegroundSet() {
1767 return (foreground != null);
1768 }
1769
1770 /**
1771 * Gets the background color of this component.
1772 * @return this component's background color; if this component does
1773 * not have a background color,
1774 * the background color of its parent is returned
1775 * @see #setBackground
1776 * @since JDK1.0
1777 */
1778 @Transient
1779 public Color getBackground() {
1780 Color background = this.background;
1781 if (background != null) {
1782 return background;
1783 }
1784 Container parent = this.parent;
1785 return (parent != null) ? parent.getBackground() : null;
1786 }
1787
1788 /**
1789 * Sets the background color of this component.
1790 * <p>
1791 * The background color affects each component differently and the
1792 * parts of the component that are affected by the background color
1793 * may differ between operating systems.
1794 *
1795 * @param c the color to become this component's color;
1796 * if this parameter is <code>null</code>, then this
1797 * component will inherit the background color of its parent
1798 * @see #getBackground
1799 * @since JDK1.0
1800 * @beaninfo
1801 * bound: true
1802 */
1803 public void setBackground(Color c) {
1804 Color oldColor = background;
1805 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1806 background = c;
1807 if (peer != null) {
1808 c = getBackground();
1809 if (c != null) {
1810 peer.setBackground(c);
1811 }
1812 }
1813 // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1814 // any registered listeners. (Cheap if there are none.)
1815 firePropertyChange("background", oldColor, c);
1816 }
1817
1818 /**
1819 * Returns whether the background color has been explicitly set for this
1820 * Component. If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is
1821 * inheriting its background color from an ancestor.
1822 *
1823 * @return <code>true</code> if the background color has been explicitly
1824 * set for this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1825 * @since 1.4
1826 */
1827 public boolean isBackgroundSet() {
1828 return (background != null);
1829 }
1830
1831 /**
1832 * Gets the font of this component.
1833 * @return this component's font; if a font has not been set
1834 * for this component, the font of its parent is returned
1835 * @see #setFont
1836 * @since JDK1.0
1837 */
1838 @Transient
1839 public Font getFont() {
1840 return getFont_NoClientCode();
1841 }
1842
1843 // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1844 // This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1845 // to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1846 // DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1847 final Font getFont_NoClientCode() {
1848 Font font = this.font;
1849 if (font != null) {
1850 return font;
1851 }
1852 Container parent = this.parent;
1853 return (parent != null) ? parent.getFont_NoClientCode() : null;
1854 }
1855
1856 /**
1857 * Sets the font of this component.
1858 * <p>
1859 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1860 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1861 *
1862 * @param f the font to become this component's font;
1863 * if this parameter is <code>null</code> then this
1864 * component will inherit the font of its parent
1865 * @see #getFont
1866 * @see #invalidate
1867 * @since JDK1.0
1868 * @beaninfo
1869 * bound: true
1870 */
1871 public void setFont(Font f) {
1872 Font oldFont, newFont;
1873 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1874 synchronized (this) {
1875 oldFont = font;
1876 newFont = font = f;
1877 }
1878 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1879 if (peer != null) {
1880 f = getFont();
1881 if (f != null) {
1882 peer.setFont(f);
1883 peerFont = f;
1884 }
1885 }
1886 }
1887 // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1888 // any registered listeners. (Cheap if there are none.)
1889 firePropertyChange("font", oldFont, newFont);
1890
1891 // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
1892 // Fix for 6213660. Should compare old and new fonts and do not
1893 // call invalidate() if they are equal.
1894 if (f != oldFont && (oldFont == null ||
1895 !oldFont.equals(f))) {
1896 invalidateIfValid();
1897 }
1898 }
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Returns whether the font has been explicitly set for this Component. If
1902 * this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting its
1903 * font from an ancestor.
1904 *
1905 * @return <code>true</code> if the font has been explicitly set for this
1906 * Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1907 * @since 1.4
1908 */
1909 public boolean isFontSet() {
1910 return (font != null);
1911 }
1912
1913 /**
1914 * Gets the locale of this component.
1915 * @return this component's locale; if this component does not
1916 * have a locale, the locale of its parent is returned
1917 * @see #setLocale
1918 * @exception IllegalComponentStateException if the <code>Component</code>
1919 * does not have its own locale and has not yet been added to
1920 * a containment hierarchy such that the locale can be determined
1921 * from the containing parent
1922 * @since JDK1.1
1923 */
1924 public Locale getLocale() {
1925 Locale locale = this.locale;
1926 if (locale != null) {
1927 return locale;
1928 }
1929 Container parent = this.parent;
1930
1931 if (parent == null) {
1932 throw new IllegalComponentStateException("This component must have a parent in order to determine its locale");
1933 } else {
1934 return parent.getLocale();
1935 }
1936 }
1937
1938 /**
1939 * Sets the locale of this component. This is a bound property.
1940 * <p>
1941 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1942 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1943 *
1944 * @param l the locale to become this component's locale
1945 * @see #getLocale
1946 * @see #invalidate
1947 * @since JDK1.1
1948 */
1949 public void setLocale(Locale l) {
1950 Locale oldValue = locale;
1951 locale = l;
1952
1953 // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1954 // any registered listeners. (Cheap if there are none.)
1955 firePropertyChange("locale", oldValue, l);
1956
1957 // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
1958 invalidateIfValid();
1959 }
1960
1961 /**
1962 * Gets the instance of <code>ColorModel</code> used to display
1963 * the component on the output device.
1964 * @return the color model used by this component
1965 * @see java.awt.image.ColorModel
1966 * @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getColorModel()
1967 * @see Toolkit#getColorModel()
1968 * @since JDK1.0
1969 */
1970 public ColorModel getColorModel() {
1971 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1972 if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
1973 return peer.getColorModel();
1974 } else if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
1975 return ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
1976 } // else
1977 return getToolkit().getColorModel();
1978 }
1979
1980 /**
1981 * Gets the location of this component in the form of a
1982 * point specifying the component's top-left corner.
1983 * The location will be relative to the parent's coordinate space.
1984 * <p>
1985 * Due to the asynchronous nature of native event handling, this
1986 * method can return outdated values (for instance, after several calls
1987 * of <code>setLocation()</code> in rapid succession). For this
1988 * reason, the recommended method of obtaining a component's position is
1989 * within <code>java.awt.event.ComponentListener.componentMoved()</code>,
1990 * which is called after the operating system has finished moving the
1991 * component.
1992 * </p>
1993 * @return an instance of <code>Point</code> representing
1994 * the top-left corner of the component's bounds in
1995 * the coordinate space of the component's parent
1996 * @see #setLocation
1997 * @see #getLocationOnScreen
1998 * @since JDK1.1
1999 */
2000 public Point getLocation() {
2001 return location();
2002 }
2003
2004 /**
2005 * Gets the location of this component in the form of a point
2006 * specifying the component's top-left corner in the screen's
2007 * coordinate space.
2008 * @return an instance of <code>Point</code> representing
2009 * the top-left corner of the component's bounds in the
2010 * coordinate space of the screen
2011 * @throws <code>IllegalComponentStateException</code> if the
2012 * component is not showing on the screen
2013 * @see #setLocation
2014 * @see #getLocation
2015 */
2016 public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
2017 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2018 return getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock();
2019 }
2020 }
2021
2022 /*
2023 * a package private version of getLocationOnScreen
2024 * used by GlobalCursormanager to update cursor
2025 */
2026 final Point getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock() {
2027
2028 if (peer != null && isShowing()) {
2029 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
2030 // lightweight component location needs to be translated
2031 // relative to a native component.
2032 Container host = getNativeContainer();
2033 Point pt = host.peer.getLocationOnScreen();
2034 for(Component c = this; c != host; c = c.getParent()) {
2035 pt.x += c.x;
2036 pt.y += c.y;
2037 }
2038 return pt;
2039 } else {
2040 Point pt = peer.getLocationOnScreen();
2041 return pt;
2042 }
2043 } else {
2044 throw new IllegalComponentStateException("component must be showing on the screen to determine its location");
2045 }
2046 }
2047
2048
2049 /**
2050 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2051 * replaced by <code>getLocation()</code>.
2052 */
2053 @Deprecated
2054 public Point location() {
2055 return location_NoClientCode();
2056 }
2057
2058 private Point location_NoClientCode() {
2059 return new Point(x, y);
2060 }
2061
2062 /**
2063 * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2064 * the new location is specified by the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>
2065 * parameters in the coordinate space of this component's parent.
2066 * <p>
2067 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2068 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2069 *
2070 * @param x the <i>x</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2071 * top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2072 * @param y the <i>y</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2073 * top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2074 * @see #getLocation
2075 * @see #setBounds
2076 * @see #invalidate
2077 * @since JDK1.1
2078 */
2079 public void setLocation(int x, int y) {
2080 move(x, y);
2081 }
2082
2083 /**
2084 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2085 * replaced by <code>setLocation(int, int)</code>.
2086 */
2087 @Deprecated
2088 public void move(int x, int y) {
2089 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2090 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
2091 setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2092 }
2093 }
2094
2095 /**
2096 * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2097 * the new location is specified by point <code>p</code>. Point
2098 * <code>p</code> is given in the parent's coordinate space.
2099 * <p>
2100 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2101 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2102 *
2103 * @param p the point defining the top-left corner
2104 * of the new location, given in the coordinate space of this
2105 * component's parent
2106 * @see #getLocation
2107 * @see #setBounds
2108 * @see #invalidate
2109 * @since JDK1.1
2110 */
2111 public void setLocation(Point p) {
2112 setLocation(p.x, p.y);
2113 }
2114
2115 /**
2116 * Returns the size of this component in the form of a
2117 * <code>Dimension</code> object. The <code>height</code>
2118 * field of the <code>Dimension</code> object contains
2119 * this component's height, and the <code>width</code>
2120 * field of the <code>Dimension</code> object contains
2121 * this component's width.
2122 * @return a <code>Dimension</code> object that indicates the
2123 * size of this component
2124 * @see #setSize
2125 * @since JDK1.1
2126 */
2127 public Dimension getSize() {
2128 return size();
2129 }
2130
2131 /**
2132 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2133 * replaced by <code>getSize()</code>.
2134 */
2135 @Deprecated
2136 public Dimension size() {
2137 return new Dimension(width, height);
2138 }
2139
2140 /**
2141 * Resizes this component so that it has width <code>width</code>
2142 * and height <code>height</code>.
2143 * <p>
2144 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2145 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2146 *
2147 * @param width the new width of this component in pixels
2148 * @param height the new height of this component in pixels
2149 * @see #getSize
2150 * @see #setBounds
2151 * @see #invalidate
2152 * @since JDK1.1
2153 */
2154 public void setSize(int width, int height) {
2155 resize(width, height);
2156 }
2157
2158 /**
2159 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2160 * replaced by <code>setSize(int, int)</code>.
2161 */
2162 @Deprecated
2163 public void resize(int width, int height) {
2164 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2165 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_SIZE);
2166 setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2167 }
2168 }
2169
2170 /**
2171 * Resizes this component so that it has width <code>d.width</code>
2172 * and height <code>d.height</code>.
2173 * <p>
2174 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2175 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2176 *
2177 * @param d the dimension specifying the new size
2178 * of this component
2179 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code d} is {@code null}
2180 * @see #setSize
2181 * @see #setBounds
2182 * @see #invalidate
2183 * @since JDK1.1
2184 */
2185 public void setSize(Dimension d) {
2186 resize(d);
2187 }
2188
2189 /**
2190 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2191 * replaced by <code>setSize(Dimension)</code>.
2192 */
2193 @Deprecated
2194 public void resize(Dimension d) {
2195 setSize(d.width, d.height);
2196 }
2197
2198 /**
2199 * Gets the bounds of this component in the form of a
2200 * <code>Rectangle</code> object. The bounds specify this
2201 * component's width, height, and location relative to
2202 * its parent.
2203 * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
2204 * @see #setBounds
2205 * @see #getLocation
2206 * @see #getSize
2207 */
2208 public Rectangle getBounds() {
2209 return bounds();
2210 }
2211
2212 /**
2213 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2214 * replaced by <code>getBounds()</code>.
2215 */
2216 @Deprecated
2217 public Rectangle bounds() {
2218 return new Rectangle(x, y, width, height);
2219 }
2220
2221 /**
2222 * Moves and resizes this component. The new location of the top-left
2223 * corner is specified by <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>, and the
2224 * new size is specified by <code>width</code> and <code>height</code>.
2225 * <p>
2226 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2227 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2228 *
2229 * @param x the new <i>x</i>-coordinate of this component
2230 * @param y the new <i>y</i>-coordinate of this component
2231 * @param width the new <code>width</code> of this component
2232 * @param height the new <code>height</code> of this
2233 * component
2234 * @see #getBounds
2235 * @see #setLocation(int, int)
2236 * @see #setLocation(Point)
2237 * @see #setSize(int, int)
2238 * @see #setSize(Dimension)
2239 * @see #invalidate
2240 * @since JDK1.1
2241 */
2242 public void setBounds(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2243 reshape(x, y, width, height);
2244 }
2245
2246 /**
2247 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2248 * replaced by <code>setBounds(int, int, int, int)</code>.
2249 */
2250 @Deprecated
2251 public void reshape(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2252 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2253 try {
2254 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_BOUNDS);
2255 boolean resized = (this.width != width) || (this.height != height);
2256 boolean moved = (this.x != x) || (this.y != y);
2257 if (!resized && !moved) {
2258 return;
2259 }
2260 int oldX = this.x;
2261 int oldY = this.y;
2262 int oldWidth = this.width;
2263 int oldHeight = this.height;
2264 this.x = x;
2265 this.y = y;
2266 this.width = width;
2267 this.height = height;
2268
2269 if (resized) {
2270 isPacked = false;
2271 }
2272
2273 boolean needNotify = true;
2274 mixOnReshaping();
2275 if (peer != null) {
2276 // LightwightPeer is an empty stub so can skip peer.reshape
2277 if (!(peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
2278 reshapeNativePeer(x, y, width, height, getBoundsOp());
2279 // Check peer actualy changed coordinates
2280 resized = (oldWidth != this.width) || (oldHeight != this.height);
2281 moved = (oldX != this.x) || (oldY != this.y);
2282 // fix for 5025858: do not send ComponentEvents for toplevel
2283 // windows here as it is done from peer or native code when
2284 // the window is really resized or moved, otherwise some
2285 // events may be sent twice
2286 if (this instanceof Window) {
2287 needNotify = false;
2288 }
2289 }
2290 if (resized) {
2291 invalidate();
2292 }
2293 if (parent != null) {
2294 parent.invalidateIfValid();
2295 }
2296 }
2297 if (needNotify) {
2298 notifyNewBounds(resized, moved);
2299 }
2300 repaintParentIfNeeded(oldX, oldY, oldWidth, oldHeight);
2301 } finally {
2302 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.RESET_OPERATION);
2303 }
2304 }
2305 }
2306
2307 private void repaintParentIfNeeded(int oldX, int oldY, int oldWidth,
2308 int oldHeight)
2309 {
2310 if (parent != null && peer instanceof LightweightPeer && isShowing()) {
2311 // Have the parent redraw the area this component occupied.
2312 parent.repaint(oldX, oldY, oldWidth, oldHeight);
2313 // Have the parent redraw the area this component *now* occupies.
2314 repaint();
2315 }
2316 }
2317
2318 private void reshapeNativePeer(int x, int y, int width, int height, int op) {
2319 // native peer might be offset by more than direct
2320 // parent since parent might be lightweight.
2321 int nativeX = x;
2322 int nativeY = y;
2323 for (Component c = parent;
2324 (c != null) && (c.peer instanceof LightweightPeer);
2325 c = c.parent)
2326 {
2327 nativeX += c.x;
2328 nativeY += c.y;
2329 }
2330 peer.setBounds(nativeX, nativeY, width, height, op);
2331 }
2332
2333
2334 private void notifyNewBounds(boolean resized, boolean moved) {
2335 if (componentListener != null
2336 || (eventMask & AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK) != 0
2337 || Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK))
2338 {
2339 if (resized) {
2340 ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
2341 ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_RESIZED);
2342 Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
2343 }
2344 if (moved) {
2345 ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
2346 ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED);
2347 Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
2348 }
2349 } else {
2350 if (this instanceof Container && ((Container)this).countComponents() > 0) {
2351 boolean enabledOnToolkit =
2352 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK);
2353 if (resized) {
2354
2355 ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2356 HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2357 }
2358 if (moved) {
2359 ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2360 HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2361 }
2362 }
2363 }
2364 }
2365
2366 /**
2367 * Moves and resizes this component to conform to the new
2368 * bounding rectangle <code>r</code>. This component's new
2369 * position is specified by <code>r.x</code> and <code>r.y</code>,
2370 * and its new size is specified by <code>r.width</code> and
2371 * <code>r.height</code>
2372 * <p>
2373 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2374 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2375 *
2376 * @param r the new bounding rectangle for this component
2377 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code r} is {@code null}
2378 * @see #getBounds
2379 * @see #setLocation(int, int)
2380 * @see #setLocation(Point)
2381 * @see #setSize(int, int)
2382 * @see #setSize(Dimension)
2383 * @see #invalidate
2384 * @since JDK1.1
2385 */
2386 public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
2387 setBounds(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height);
2388 }
2389
2390
2391 /**
2392 * Returns the current x coordinate of the components origin.
2393 * This method is preferable to writing
2394 * <code>component.getBounds().x</code>,
2395 * or <code>component.getLocation().x</code> because it doesn't
2396 * cause any heap allocations.
2397 *
2398 * @return the current x coordinate of the components origin
2399 * @since 1.2
2400 */
2401 public int getX() {
2402 return x;
2403 }
2404
2405
2406 /**
2407 * Returns the current y coordinate of the components origin.
2408 * This method is preferable to writing
2409 * <code>component.getBounds().y</code>,
2410 * or <code>component.getLocation().y</code> because it
2411 * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2412 *
2413 * @return the current y coordinate of the components origin
2414 * @since 1.2
2415 */
2416 public int getY() {
2417 return y;
2418 }
2419
2420
2421 /**
2422 * Returns the current width of this component.
2423 * This method is preferable to writing
2424 * <code>component.getBounds().width</code>,
2425 * or <code>component.getSize().width</code> because it
2426 * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2427 *
2428 * @return the current width of this component
2429 * @since 1.2
2430 */
2431 public int getWidth() {
2432 return width;
2433 }
2434
2435
2436 /**
2437 * Returns the current height of this component.
2438 * This method is preferable to writing
2439 * <code>component.getBounds().height</code>,
2440 * or <code>component.getSize().height</code> because it
2441 * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2442 *
2443 * @return the current height of this component
2444 * @since 1.2
2445 */
2446 public int getHeight() {
2447 return height;
2448 }
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Stores the bounds of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b> and
2452 * return <b>rv</b>. If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2453 * <code>Rectangle</code> is allocated.
2454 * This version of <code>getBounds</code> is useful if the caller
2455 * wants to avoid allocating a new <code>Rectangle</code> object
2456 * on the heap.
2457 *
2458 * @param rv the return value, modified to the components bounds
2459 * @return rv
2460 */
2461 public Rectangle getBounds(Rectangle rv) {
2462 if (rv == null) {
2463 return new Rectangle(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2464 }
2465 else {
2466 rv.setBounds(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2467 return rv;
2468 }
2469 }
2470
2471 /**
2472 * Stores the width/height of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2473 * and return <b>rv</b>. If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2474 * <code>Dimension</code> object is allocated. This version of
2475 * <code>getSize</code> is useful if the caller wants to avoid
2476 * allocating a new <code>Dimension</code> object on the heap.
2477 *
2478 * @param rv the return value, modified to the components size
2479 * @return rv
2480 */
2481 public Dimension getSize(Dimension rv) {
2482 if (rv == null) {
2483 return new Dimension(getWidth(), getHeight());
2484 }
2485 else {
2486 rv.setSize(getWidth(), getHeight());
2487 return rv;
2488 }
2489 }
2490
2491 /**
2492 * Stores the x,y origin of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2493 * and return <b>rv</b>. If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2494 * <code>Point</code> is allocated.
2495 * This version of <code>getLocation</code> is useful if the
2496 * caller wants to avoid allocating a new <code>Point</code>
2497 * object on the heap.
2498 *
2499 * @param rv the return value, modified to the components location
2500 * @return rv
2501 */
2502 public Point getLocation(Point rv) {
2503 if (rv == null) {
2504 return new Point(getX(), getY());
2505 }
2506 else {
2507 rv.setLocation(getX(), getY());
2508 return rv;
2509 }
2510 }
2511
2512 /**
2513 * Returns true if this component is completely opaque, returns
2514 * false by default.
2515 * <p>
2516 * An opaque component paints every pixel within its
2517 * rectangular region. A non-opaque component paints only some of
2518 * its pixels, allowing the pixels underneath it to "show through".
2519 * A component that does not fully paint its pixels therefore
2520 * provides a degree of transparency.
2521 * <p>
2522 * Subclasses that guarantee to always completely paint their
2523 * contents should override this method and return true.
2524 *
2525 * @return true if this component is completely opaque
2526 * @see #isLightweight
2527 * @since 1.2
2528 */
2529 public boolean isOpaque() {
2530 if (getPeer() == null) {
2531 return false;
2532 }
2533 else {
2534 return !isLightweight();
2535 }
2536 }
2537
2538
2539 /**
2540 * A lightweight component doesn't have a native toolkit peer.
2541 * Subclasses of <code>Component</code> and <code>Container</code>,
2542 * other than the ones defined in this package like <code>Button</code>
2543 * or <code>Scrollbar</code>, are lightweight.
2544 * All of the Swing components are lightweights.
2545 * <p>
2546 * This method will always return <code>false</code> if this component
2547 * is not displayable because it is impossible to determine the
2548 * weight of an undisplayable component.
2549 *
2550 * @return true if this component has a lightweight peer; false if
2551 * it has a native peer or no peer
2552 * @see #isDisplayable
2553 * @since 1.2
2554 */
2555 public boolean isLightweight() {
2556 return getPeer() instanceof LightweightPeer;
2557 }
2558
2559
2560 /**
2561 * Sets the preferred size of this component to a constant
2562 * value. Subsequent calls to <code>getPreferredSize</code> will always
2563 * return this value. Setting the preferred size to <code>null</code>
2564 * restores the default behavior.
2565 *
2566 * @param preferredSize The new preferred size, or null
2567 * @see #getPreferredSize
2568 * @see #isPreferredSizeSet
2569 * @since 1.5
2570 */
2571 public void setPreferredSize(Dimension preferredSize) {
2572 Dimension old;
2573 // If the preferred size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2574 // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set preferred
2575 // size.
2576 if (prefSizeSet) {
2577 old = this.prefSize;
2578 }
2579 else {
2580 old = null;
2581 }
2582 this.prefSize = preferredSize;
2583 prefSizeSet = (preferredSize != null);
2584 firePropertyChange("preferredSize", old, preferredSize);
2585 }
2586
2587
2588 /**
2589 * Returns true if the preferred size has been set to a
2590 * non-<code>null</code> value otherwise returns false.
2591 *
2592 * @return true if <code>setPreferredSize</code> has been invoked
2593 * with a non-null value.
2594 * @since 1.5
2595 */
2596 public boolean isPreferredSizeSet() {
2597 return prefSizeSet;
2598 }
2599
2600
2601 /**
2602 * Gets the preferred size of this component.
2603 * @return a dimension object indicating this component's preferred size
2604 * @see #getMinimumSize
2605 * @see LayoutManager
2606 */
2607 public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
2608 return preferredSize();
2609 }
2610
2611
2612 /**
2613 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2614 * replaced by <code>getPreferredSize()</code>.
2615 */
2616 @Deprecated
2617 public Dimension preferredSize() {
2618 /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2619 * is available.
2620 */
2621 Dimension dim = prefSize;
2622 if (dim == null || !(isPreferredSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2623 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2624 prefSize = (peer != null) ?
2625 peer.getPreferredSize() :
2626 getMinimumSize();
2627 dim = prefSize;
2628 }
2629 }
2630 return new Dimension(dim);
2631 }
2632
2633 /**
2634 * Sets the minimum size of this component to a constant
2635 * value. Subsequent calls to <code>getMinimumSize</code> will always
2636 * return this value. Setting the minimum size to <code>null</code>
2637 * restores the default behavior.
2638 *
2639 * @param minimumSize the new minimum size of this component
2640 * @see #getMinimumSize
2641 * @see #isMinimumSizeSet
2642 * @since 1.5
2643 */
2644 public void setMinimumSize(Dimension minimumSize) {
2645 Dimension old;
2646 // If the minimum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2647 // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set minimum
2648 // size.
2649 if (minSizeSet) {
2650 old = this.minSize;
2651 }
2652 else {
2653 old = null;
2654 }
2655 this.minSize = minimumSize;
2656 minSizeSet = (minimumSize != null);
2657 firePropertyChange("minimumSize", old, minimumSize);
2658 }
2659
2660 /**
2661 * Returns whether or not <code>setMinimumSize</code> has been
2662 * invoked with a non-null value.
2663 *
2664 * @return true if <code>setMinimumSize</code> has been invoked with a
2665 * non-null value.
2666 * @since 1.5
2667 */
2668 public boolean isMinimumSizeSet() {
2669 return minSizeSet;
2670 }
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Gets the mininimum size of this component.
2674 * @return a dimension object indicating this component's minimum size
2675 * @see #getPreferredSize
2676 * @see LayoutManager
2677 */
2678 public Dimension getMinimumSize() {
2679 return minimumSize();
2680 }
2681
2682 /**
2683 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2684 * replaced by <code>getMinimumSize()</code>.
2685 */
2686 @Deprecated
2687 public Dimension minimumSize() {
2688 /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2689 * is available.
2690 */
2691 Dimension dim = minSize;
2692 if (dim == null || !(isMinimumSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2693 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2694 minSize = (peer != null) ?
2695 peer.getMinimumSize() :
2696 size();
2697 dim = minSize;
2698 }
2699 }
2700 return new Dimension(dim);
2701 }
2702
2703 /**
2704 * Sets the maximum size of this component to a constant
2705 * value. Subsequent calls to <code>getMaximumSize</code> will always
2706 * return this value. Setting the maximum size to <code>null</code>
2707 * restores the default behavior.
2708 *
2709 * @param maximumSize a <code>Dimension</code> containing the
2710 * desired maximum allowable size
2711 * @see #getMaximumSize
2712 * @see #isMaximumSizeSet
2713 * @since 1.5
2714 */
2715 public void setMaximumSize(Dimension maximumSize) {
2716 // If the maximum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2717 // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set maximum
2718 // size.
2719 Dimension old;
2720 if (maxSizeSet) {
2721 old = this.maxSize;
2722 }
2723 else {
2724 old = null;
2725 }
2726 this.maxSize = maximumSize;
2727 maxSizeSet = (maximumSize != null);
2728 firePropertyChange("maximumSize", old, maximumSize);
2729 }
2730
2731 /**
2732 * Returns true if the maximum size has been set to a non-<code>null</code>
2733 * value otherwise returns false.
2734 *
2735 * @return true if <code>maximumSize</code> is non-<code>null</code>,
2736 * false otherwise
2737 * @since 1.5
2738 */
2739 public boolean isMaximumSizeSet() {
2740 return maxSizeSet;
2741 }
2742
2743 /**
2744 * Gets the maximum size of this component.
2745 * @return a dimension object indicating this component's maximum size
2746 * @see #getMinimumSize
2747 * @see #getPreferredSize
2748 * @see LayoutManager
2749 */
2750 public Dimension getMaximumSize() {
2751 if (isMaximumSizeSet()) {
2752 return new Dimension(maxSize);
2753 }
2754 return new Dimension(Short.MAX_VALUE, Short.MAX_VALUE);
2755 }
2756
2757 /**
2758 * Returns the alignment along the x axis. This specifies how
2759 * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
2760 * components. The value should be a number between 0 and 1
2761 * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
2762 * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
2763 */
2764 public float getAlignmentX() {
2765 return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2766 }
2767
2768 /**
2769 * Returns the alignment along the y axis. This specifies how
2770 * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
2771 * components. The value should be a number between 0 and 1
2772 * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
2773 * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
2774 */
2775 public float getAlignmentY() {
2776 return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2777 }
2778
2779 /**
2780 * Returns the baseline. The baseline is measured from the top of
2781 * the component. This method is primarily meant for
2782 * <code>LayoutManager</code>s to align components along their
2783 * baseline. A return value less than 0 indicates this component
2784 * does not have a reasonable baseline and that
2785 * <code>LayoutManager</code>s should not align this component on
2786 * its baseline.
2787 * <p>
2788 * The default implementation returns -1. Subclasses that support
2789 * baseline should override appropriately. If a value >= 0 is
2790 * returned, then the component has a valid baseline for any
2791 * size >= the minimum size and <code>getBaselineResizeBehavior</code>
2792 * can be used to determine how the baseline changes with size.
2793 *
2794 * @param width the width to get the baseline for
2795 * @param height the height to get the baseline for
2796 * @return the baseline or < 0 indicating there is no reasonable
2797 * baseline
2798 * @throws IllegalArgumentException if width or height is < 0
2799 * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
2800 * @see java.awt.FontMetrics
2801 * @since 1.6
2802 */
2803 public int getBaseline(int width, int height) {
2804 if (width < 0 || height < 0) {
2805 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
2806 "Width and height must be >= 0");
2807 }
2808 return -1;
2809 }
2810
2811 /**
2812 * Returns an enum indicating how the baseline of the component
2813 * changes as the size changes. This method is primarily meant for
2814 * layout managers and GUI builders.
2815 * <p>
2816 * The default implementation returns
2817 * <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code>. Subclasses that have a
2818 * baseline should override appropriately. Subclasses should
2819 * never return <code>null</code>; if the baseline can not be
2820 * calculated return <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code>. Callers
2821 * should first ask for the baseline using
2822 * <code>getBaseline</code> and if a value >= 0 is returned use
2823 * this method. It is acceptable for this method to return a
2824 * value other than <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code> even if
2825 * <code>getBaseline</code> returns a value less than 0.
2826 *
2827 * @return an enum indicating how the baseline changes as the component
2828 * size changes
2829 * @see #getBaseline(int, int)
2830 * @since 1.6
2831 */
2832 public BaselineResizeBehavior getBaselineResizeBehavior() {
2833 return BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER;
2834 }
2835
2836 /**
2837 * Prompts the layout manager to lay out this component. This is
2838 * usually called when the component (more specifically, container)
2839 * is validated.
2840 * @see #validate
2841 * @see LayoutManager
2842 */
2843 public void doLayout() {
2844 layout();
2845 }
2846
2847 /**
2848 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2849 * replaced by <code>doLayout()</code>.
2850 */
2851 @Deprecated
2852 public void layout() {
2853 }
2854
2855 /**
2856 * Validates this component.
2857 * <p>
2858 * The meaning of the term <i>validating</i> is defined by the ancestors of
2859 * this class. See {@link Container#validate} for more details.
2860 *
2861 * @see #invalidate
2862 * @see #doLayout()
2863 * @see LayoutManager
2864 * @see Container#validate
2865 * @since JDK1.0
2866 */
2867 public void validate() {
2868 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2869 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
2870 boolean wasValid = isValid();
2871 if (!wasValid && peer != null) {
2872 Font newfont = getFont();
2873 Font oldfont = peerFont;
2874 if (newfont != oldfont && (oldfont == null
2875 || !oldfont.equals(newfont))) {
2876 peer.setFont(newfont);
2877 peerFont = newfont;
2878 }
2879 peer.layout();
2880 }
2881 valid = true;
2882 if (!wasValid) {
2883 mixOnValidating();
2884 }
2885 }
2886 }
2887
2888 /**
2889 * Invalidates this component and its ancestors.
2890 * <p>
2891 * By default, all the ancestors of the component up to the top-most
2892 * container of the hierarchy are marked invalid. If the {@code
2893 * java.awt.smartInvalidate} system property is set to {@code true},
2894 * invalidation stops on the nearest validate root of this component.
2895 * Marking a container <i>invalid</i> indicates that the container needs to
2896 * be laid out.
2897 * <p>
2898 * This method is called automatically when any layout-related information
2899 * changes (e.g. setting the bounds of the component, or adding the
2900 * component to a container).
2901 * <p>
2902 * This method might be called often, so it should work fast.
2903 *
2904 * @see #validate
2905 * @see #doLayout
2906 * @see LayoutManager
2907 * @see java.awt.Container#isValidateRoot
2908 * @since JDK1.0
2909 */
2910 public void invalidate() {
2911 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2912 /* Nullify cached layout and size information.
2913 * For efficiency, propagate invalidate() upwards only if
2914 * some other component hasn't already done so first.
2915 */
2916 valid = false;
2917 if (!isPreferredSizeSet()) {
2918 prefSize = null;
2919 }
2920 if (!isMinimumSizeSet()) {
2921 minSize = null;
2922 }
2923 if (!isMaximumSizeSet()) {
2924 maxSize = null;
2925 }
2926 invalidateParent();
2927 }
2928 }
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Invalidates the parent of this component if any.
2932 *
2933 * This method MUST BE invoked under the TreeLock.
2934 */
2935 void invalidateParent() {
2936 if (parent != null) {
2937 parent.invalidateIfValid();
2938 }
2939 }
2940
2941 /** Invalidates the component unless it is already invalid.
2942 */
2943 final void invalidateIfValid() {
2944 if (isValid()) {
2945 invalidate();
2946 }
2947 }
2948
2949 /**
2950 * Revalidates the component hierarchy up to the nearest validate root.
2951 * <p>
2952 * This method first invalidates the component hierarchy starting from this
2953 * component up to the nearest validate root. Afterwards, the component
2954 * hierarchy is validated starting from the nearest validate root.
2955 * <p>
2956 * This is a convenience method supposed to help application developers
2957 * avoid looking for validate roots manually. Basically, it's equivalent to
2958 * first calling the {@link #invalidate()} method on this component, and
2959 * then calling the {@link #validate()} method on the nearest validate
2960 * root.
2961 *
2962 * @see Container#isValidateRoot
2963 * @since 1.7
2964 */
2965 public void revalidate() {
2966 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2967 invalidate();
2968
2969 Container root = getContainer();
2970 if (root == null) {
2971 // There's no parents. Just validate itself.
2972 validate();
2973 } else {
2974 while (!root.isValidateRoot()) {
2975 if (root.getContainer() == null) {
2976 // If there's no validate roots, we'll validate the
2977 // topmost container
2978 break;
2979 }
2980
2981 root = root.getContainer();
2982 }
2983
2984 root.validate();
2985 }
2986 }
2987 }
2988
2989 /**
2990 * Creates a graphics context for this component. This method will
2991 * return <code>null</code> if this component is currently not
2992 * displayable.
2993 * @return a graphics context for this component, or <code>null</code>
2994 * if it has none
2995 * @see #paint
2996 * @since JDK1.0
2997 */
2998 public Graphics getGraphics() {
2999 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3000 // This is for a lightweight component, need to
3001 // translate coordinate spaces and clip relative
3002 // to the parent.
3003 if (parent == null) return null;
3004 Graphics g = parent.getGraphics();
3005 if (g == null) return null;
3006 if (g instanceof ConstrainableGraphics) {
3007 ((ConstrainableGraphics) g).constrain(x, y, width, height);
3008 } else {
3009 g.translate(x,y);
3010 g.setClip(0, 0, width, height);
3011 }
3012 g.setFont(getFont());
3013 return g;
3014 } else {
3015 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3016 return (peer != null) ? peer.getGraphics() : null;
3017 }
3018 }
3019
3020 final Graphics getGraphics_NoClientCode() {
3021 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3022 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3023 // This is for a lightweight component, need to
3024 // translate coordinate spaces and clip relative
3025 // to the parent.
3026 Container parent = this.parent;
3027 if (parent == null) return null;
3028 Graphics g = parent.getGraphics_NoClientCode();
3029 if (g == null) return null;
3030 if (g instanceof ConstrainableGraphics) {
3031 ((ConstrainableGraphics) g).constrain(x, y, width, height);
3032 } else {
3033 g.translate(x,y);
3034 g.setClip(0, 0, width, height);
3035 }
3036 g.setFont(getFont_NoClientCode());
3037 return g;
3038 } else {
3039 return (peer != null) ? peer.getGraphics() : null;
3040 }
3041 }
3042
3043 /**
3044 * Gets the font metrics for the specified font.
3045 * Warning: Since Font metrics are affected by the
3046 * {@link java.awt.font.FontRenderContext FontRenderContext} and
3047 * this method does not provide one, it can return only metrics for
3048 * the default render context which may not match that used when
3049 * rendering on the Component if {@link Graphics2D} functionality is being
3050 * used. Instead metrics can be obtained at rendering time by calling
3051 * {@link Graphics#getFontMetrics()} or text measurement APIs on the
3052 * {@link Font Font} class.
3053 * @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
3054 * obtained
3055 * @return the font metrics for <code>font</code>
3056 * @see #getFont
3057 * @see #getPeer
3058 * @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getFontMetrics(Font)
3059 * @see Toolkit#getFontMetrics(Font)
3060 * @since JDK1.0
3061 */
3062 public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font font) {
3063 // This is an unsupported hack, but left in for a customer.
3064 // Do not remove.
3065 FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
3066 if (fm instanceof SunFontManager
3067 && ((SunFontManager) fm).usePlatformFontMetrics()) {
3068
3069 if (peer != null &&
3070 !(peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3071 return peer.getFontMetrics(font);
3072 }
3073 }
3074 return sun.font.FontDesignMetrics.getMetrics(font);
3075 }
3076
3077 /**
3078 * Sets the cursor image to the specified cursor. This cursor
3079 * image is displayed when the <code>contains</code> method for
3080 * this component returns true for the current cursor location, and
3081 * this Component is visible, displayable, and enabled. Setting the
3082 * cursor of a <code>Container</code> causes that cursor to be displayed
3083 * within all of the container's subcomponents, except for those
3084 * that have a non-<code>null</code> cursor.
3085 * <p>
3086 * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
3087 * implementation and/or the native system do not support
3088 * changing the mouse cursor shape.
3089 * @param cursor One of the constants defined
3090 * by the <code>Cursor</code> class;
3091 * if this parameter is <code>null</code>
3092 * then this component will inherit
3093 * the cursor of its parent
3094 * @see #isEnabled
3095 * @see #isShowing
3096 * @see #getCursor
3097 * @see #contains
3098 * @see Toolkit#createCustomCursor
3099 * @see Cursor
3100 * @since JDK1.1
3101 */
3102 public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
3103 this.cursor = cursor;
3104 updateCursorImmediately();
3105 }
3106
3107 /**
3108 * Updates the cursor. May not be invoked from the native
3109 * message pump.
3110 */
3111 final void updateCursorImmediately() {
3112 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3113 Container nativeContainer = getNativeContainer();
3114
3115 if (nativeContainer == null) return;
3116
3117 ComponentPeer cPeer = nativeContainer.getPeer();
3118
3119 if (cPeer != null) {
3120 cPeer.updateCursorImmediately();
3121 }
3122 } else if (peer != null) {
3123 peer.updateCursorImmediately();
3124 }
3125 }
3126
3127 /**
3128 * Gets the cursor set in the component. If the component does
3129 * not have a cursor set, the cursor of its parent is returned.
3130 * If no cursor is set in the entire hierarchy,
3131 * <code>Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR</code> is returned.
3132 * @see #setCursor
3133 * @since JDK1.1
3134 */
3135 public Cursor getCursor() {
3136 return getCursor_NoClientCode();
3137 }
3138
3139 final Cursor getCursor_NoClientCode() {
3140 Cursor cursor = this.cursor;
3141 if (cursor != null) {
3142 return cursor;
3143 }
3144 Container parent = this.parent;
3145 if (parent != null) {
3146 return parent.getCursor_NoClientCode();
3147 } else {
3148 return Cursor.getPredefinedCursor(Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR);
3149 }
3150 }
3151
3152 /**
3153 * Returns whether the cursor has been explicitly set for this Component.
3154 * If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting
3155 * its cursor from an ancestor.
3156 *
3157 * @return <code>true</code> if the cursor has been explicitly set for this
3158 * Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
3159 * @since 1.4
3160 */
3161 public boolean isCursorSet() {
3162 return (cursor != null);
3163 }
3164
3165 /**
3166 * Paints this component.
3167 * <p>
3168 * This method is called when the contents of the component should
3169 * be painted; such as when the component is first being shown or
3170 * is damaged and in need of repair. The clip rectangle in the
3171 * <code>Graphics</code> parameter is set to the area
3172 * which needs to be painted.
3173 * Subclasses of <code>Component</code> that override this
3174 * method need not call <code>super.paint(g)</code>.
3175 * <p>
3176 * For performance reasons, <code>Component</code>s with zero width
3177 * or height aren't considered to need painting when they are first shown,
3178 * and also aren't considered to need repair.
3179 * <p>
3180 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3181 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3182 * efficient painting code, see
3183 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3184 *
3185 * @param g the graphics context to use for painting
3186 * @see #update
3187 * @since JDK1.0
3188 */
3189 public void paint(Graphics g) {
3190 }
3191
3192 /**
3193 * Updates this component.
3194 * <p>
3195 * If this component is not a lightweight component, the
3196 * AWT calls the <code>update</code> method in response to
3197 * a call to <code>repaint</code>. You can assume that
3198 * the background is not cleared.
3199 * <p>
3200 * The <code>update</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3201 * calls this component's <code>paint</code> method to redraw
3202 * this component. This method is commonly overridden by subclasses
3203 * which need to do additional work in response to a call to
3204 * <code>repaint</code>.
3205 * Subclasses of Component that override this method should either
3206 * call <code>super.update(g)</code>, or call <code>paint(g)</code>
3207 * directly from their <code>update</code> method.
3208 * <p>
3209 * The origin of the graphics context, its
3210 * (<code>0</code>, <code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3211 * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3212 * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3213 *
3214 * <p>
3215 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3216 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3217 * efficient painting code, see
3218 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3219 *
3220 * @param g the specified context to use for updating
3221 * @see #paint
3222 * @see #repaint()
3223 * @since JDK1.0
3224 */
3225 public void update(Graphics g) {
3226 paint(g);
3227 }
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Paints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3231 * <p>
3232 * The origin of the graphics context, its
3233 * (<code>0</code>, <code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3234 * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3235 * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3236 *
3237 * @param g the graphics context to use for painting
3238 * @see #paint
3239 * @since JDK1.0
3240 */
3241 public void paintAll(Graphics g) {
3242 if (isShowing()) {
3243 GraphicsCallback.PeerPaintCallback.getInstance().
3244 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3245 g, g.getClip(),
3246 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3247 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3248 }
3249 }
3250
3251 /**
3252 * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for painting of
3253 * lightweight Components.
3254 * @param g the graphics context to use for painting
3255 * @see #paintAll
3256 */
3257 void lightweightPaint(Graphics g) {
3258 paint(g);
3259 }
3260
3261 /**
3262 * Paints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3263 */
3264 void paintHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3265 }
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Repaints this component.
3269 * <p>
3270 * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3271 * causes a call to this component's <code>paint</code>
3272 * method as soon as possible. Otherwise, this method causes
3273 * a call to this component's <code>update</code> method as soon
3274 * as possible.
3275 * <p>
3276 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3277 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3278 * efficient painting code, see
3279 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3280
3281 *
3282 * @see #update(Graphics)
3283 * @since JDK1.0
3284 */
3285 public void repaint() {
3286 repaint(0, 0, 0, width, height);
3287 }
3288
3289 /**
3290 * Repaints the component. If this component is a lightweight
3291 * component, this results in a call to <code>paint</code>
3292 * within <code>tm</code> milliseconds.
3293 * <p>
3294 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3295 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3296 * efficient painting code, see
3297 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3298 *
3299 * @param tm maximum time in milliseconds before update
3300 * @see #paint
3301 * @see #update(Graphics)
3302 * @since JDK1.0
3303 */
3304 public void repaint(long tm) {
3305 repaint(tm, 0, 0, width, height);
3306 }
3307
3308 /**
3309 * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component.
3310 * <p>
3311 * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3312 * causes a call to this component's <code>paint</code> method
3313 * as soon as possible. Otherwise, this method causes a call to
3314 * this component's <code>update</code> method as soon as possible.
3315 * <p>
3316 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3317 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3318 * efficient painting code, see
3319 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3320 *
3321 * @param x the <i>x</i> coordinate
3322 * @param y the <i>y</i> coordinate
3323 * @param width the width
3324 * @param height the height
3325 * @see #update(Graphics)
3326 * @since JDK1.0
3327 */
3328 public void repaint(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3329 repaint(0, x, y, width, height);
3330 }
3331
3332 /**
3333 * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
3334 * <code>tm</code> milliseconds.
3335 * <p>
3336 * If this component is a lightweight component, this method causes
3337 * a call to this component's <code>paint</code> method.
3338 * Otherwise, this method causes a call to this component's
3339 * <code>update</code> method.
3340 * <p>
3341 * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3342 * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3343 * efficient painting code, see
3344 * <a href="http://java.sun.com/products/jfc/tsc/articles/painting/index.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3345 *
3346 * @param tm maximum time in milliseconds before update
3347 * @param x the <i>x</i> coordinate
3348 * @param y the <i>y</i> coordinate
3349 * @param width the width
3350 * @param height the height
3351 * @see #update(Graphics)
3352 * @since JDK1.0
3353 */
3354 public void repaint(long tm, int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3355 if (this.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3356 // Needs to be translated to parent coordinates since
3357 // a parent native container provides the actual repaint
3358 // services. Additionally, the request is restricted to
3359 // the bounds of the component.
3360 if (parent != null) {
3361 if (x < 0) {
3362 width += x;
3363 x = 0;
3364 }
3365 if (y < 0) {
3366 height += y;
3367 y = 0;
3368 }
3369
3370 int pwidth = (width > this.width) ? this.width : width;
3371 int pheight = (height > this.height) ? this.height : height;
3372
3373 if (pwidth <= 0 || pheight <= 0) {
3374 return;
3375 }
3376
3377 int px = this.x + x;
3378 int py = this.y + y;
3379 parent.repaint(tm, px, py, pwidth, pheight);
3380 }
3381 } else {
3382 if (isVisible() && (this.peer != null) &&
3383 (width > 0) && (height > 0)) {
3384 PaintEvent e = new PaintEvent(this, PaintEvent.UPDATE,
3385 new Rectangle(x, y, width, height));
3386 Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
3387 }
3388 }
3389 }
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Prints this component. Applications should override this method
3393 * for components that must do special processing before being
3394 * printed or should be printed differently than they are painted.
3395 * <p>
3396 * The default implementation of this method calls the
3397 * <code>paint</code> method.
3398 * <p>
3399 * The origin of the graphics context, its
3400 * (<code>0</code>, <code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3401 * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3402 * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3403 * @param g the graphics context to use for printing
3404 * @see #paint(Graphics)
3405 * @since JDK1.0
3406 */
3407 public void print(Graphics g) {
3408 paint(g);
3409 }
3410
3411 /**
3412 * Prints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3413 * <p>
3414 * The origin of the graphics context, its
3415 * (<code>0</code>, <code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3416 * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3417 * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3418 * @param g the graphics context to use for printing
3419 * @see #print(Graphics)
3420 * @since JDK1.0
3421 */
3422 public void printAll(Graphics g) {
3423 if (isShowing()) {
3424 GraphicsCallback.PeerPrintCallback.getInstance().
3425 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3426 g, g.getClip(),
3427 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3428 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3429 }
3430 }
3431
3432 /**
3433 * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for printing of
3434 * lightweight Components.
3435 * @param g the graphics context to use for printing
3436 * @see #printAll
3437 */
3438 void lightweightPrint(Graphics g) {
3439 print(g);
3440 }
3441
3442 /**
3443 * Prints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3444 */
3445 void printHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3446 }
3447
3448 private Insets getInsets_NoClientCode() {
3449 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3450 if (peer instanceof ContainerPeer) {
3451 return (Insets)((ContainerPeer)peer).getInsets().clone();
3452 }
3453 return new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0);
3454 }
3455
3456 /**
3457 * Repaints the component when the image has changed.
3458 * This <code>imageUpdate</code> method of an <code>ImageObserver</code>
3459 * is called when more information about an
3460 * image which had been previously requested using an asynchronous
3461 * routine such as the <code>drawImage</code> method of
3462 * <code>Graphics</code> becomes available.
3463 * See the definition of <code>imageUpdate</code> for
3464 * more information on this method and its arguments.
3465 * <p>
3466 * The <code>imageUpdate</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3467 * incrementally draws an image on the component as more of the bits
3468 * of the image are available.
3469 * <p>
3470 * If the system property <code>awt.image.incrementaldraw</code>
3471 * is missing or has the value <code>true</code>, the image is
3472 * incrementally drawn. If the system property has any other value,
3473 * then the image is not drawn until it has been completely loaded.
3474 * <p>
3475 * Also, if incremental drawing is in effect, the value of the
3476 * system property <code>awt.image.redrawrate</code> is interpreted
3477 * as an integer to give the maximum redraw rate, in milliseconds. If
3478 * the system property is missing or cannot be interpreted as an
3479 * integer, the redraw rate is once every 100ms.
3480 * <p>
3481 * The interpretation of the <code>x</code>, <code>y</code>,
3482 * <code>width</code>, and <code>height</code> arguments depends on
3483 * the value of the <code>infoflags</code> argument.
3484 *
3485 * @param img the image being observed
3486 * @param infoflags see <code>imageUpdate</code> for more information
3487 * @param x the <i>x</i> coordinate
3488 * @param y the <i>y</i> coordinate
3489 * @param w the width
3490 * @param h the height
3491 * @return <code>false</code> if the infoflags indicate that the
3492 * image is completely loaded; <code>true</code> otherwise.
3493 *
3494 * @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3495 * @see Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3496 * @see Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3497 * @see Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3498 * @see Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3499 * @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
3500 * @since JDK1.0
3501 */
3502 public boolean imageUpdate(Image img, int infoflags,
3503 int x, int y, int w, int h) {
3504 int rate = -1;
3505 if ((infoflags & (FRAMEBITS|ALLBITS)) != 0) {
3506 rate = 0;
3507 } else if ((infoflags & SOMEBITS) != 0) {
3508 if (isInc) {
3509 rate = incRate;
3510 if (rate < 0) {
3511 rate = 0;
3512 }
3513 }
3514 }
3515 if (rate >= 0) {
3516 repaint(rate, 0, 0, width, height);
3517 }
3518 return (infoflags & (ALLBITS|ABORT)) == 0;
3519 }
3520
3521 /**
3522 * Creates an image from the specified image producer.
3523 * @param producer the image producer
3524 * @return the image produced
3525 * @since JDK1.0
3526 */
3527 public Image createImage(ImageProducer producer) {
3528 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3529 if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3530 return peer.createImage(producer);
3531 }
3532 return getToolkit().createImage(producer);
3533 }
3534
3535 /**
3536 * Creates an off-screen drawable image
3537 * to be used for double buffering.
3538 * @param width the specified width
3539 * @param height the specified height
3540 * @return an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3541 * buffering. The return value may be <code>null</code> if the
3542 * component is not displayable. This will always happen if
3543 * <code>GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()</code> returns
3544 * <code>true</code>.
3545 * @see #isDisplayable
3546 * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3547 * @since JDK1.0
3548 */
3549 public Image createImage(int width, int height) {
3550 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3551 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3552 if (parent != null) { return parent.createImage(width, height); }
3553 else { return null;}
3554 } else {
3555 return (peer != null) ? peer.createImage(width, height) : null;
3556 }
3557 }
3558
3559 /**
3560 * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image
3561 * to be used for double buffering.
3562 * @param width the specified width.
3563 * @param height the specified height.
3564 * @return an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3565 * buffering. The return value may be <code>null</code> if the
3566 * component is not displayable. This will always happen if
3567 * <code>GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()</code> returns
3568 * <code>true</code>.
3569 * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3570 * @see #isDisplayable
3571 * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3572 * @since 1.4
3573 */
3574 public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height) {
3575 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3576 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3577 if (parent != null) {
3578 return parent.createVolatileImage(width, height);
3579 }
3580 else { return null;}
3581 } else {
3582 return (peer != null) ?
3583 peer.createVolatileImage(width, height) : null;
3584 }
3585 }
3586
3587 /**
3588 * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image, with the given capabilities.
3589 * The contents of this image may be lost at any time due
3590 * to operating system issues, so the image must be managed
3591 * via the <code>VolatileImage</code> interface.
3592 * @param width the specified width.
3593 * @param height the specified height.
3594 * @param caps the image capabilities
3595 * @exception AWTException if an image with the specified capabilities cannot
3596 * be created
3597 * @return a VolatileImage object, which can be used
3598 * to manage surface contents loss and capabilities.
3599 * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3600 * @since 1.4
3601 */
3602 public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height,
3603 ImageCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3604 // REMIND : check caps
3605 return createVolatileImage(width, height);
3606 }
3607
3608 /**
3609 * Prepares an image for rendering on this component. The image
3610 * data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread and the
3611 * appropriate screen representation of the image is generated.
3612 * @param image the <code>Image</code> for which to
3613 * prepare a screen representation
3614 * @param observer the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3615 * to be notified as the image is being prepared
3616 * @return <code>true</code> if the image has already been fully
3617 * prepared; <code>false</code> otherwise
3618 * @since JDK1.0
3619 */
3620 public boolean prepareImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3621 return prepareImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3622 }
3623
3624 /**
3625 * Prepares an image for rendering on this component at the
3626 * specified width and height.
3627 * <p>
3628 * The image data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread,
3629 * and an appropriately scaled screen representation of the image is
3630 * generated.
3631 * @param image the instance of <code>Image</code>
3632 * for which to prepare a screen representation
3633 * @param width the width of the desired screen representation
3634 * @param height the height of the desired screen representation
3635 * @param observer the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3636 * to be notified as the image is being prepared
3637 * @return <code>true</code> if the image has already been fully
3638 * prepared; <code>false</code> otherwise
3639 * @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3640 * @since JDK1.0
3641 */
3642 public boolean prepareImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3643 ImageObserver observer) {
3644 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3645 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3646 return (parent != null)
3647 ? parent.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3648 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3649 } else {
3650 return (peer != null)
3651 ? peer.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3652 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3653 }
3654 }
3655
3656 /**
3657 * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3658 * of the specified image.
3659 * <p>
3660 * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3661 * application must use the <code>prepareImage</code> method
3662 * to force the loading of an image.
3663 * <p>
3664 * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3665 * with the discussion of the <code>ImageObserver</code> interface.
3666 * @param image the <code>Image</code> object whose status
3667 * is being checked
3668 * @param observer the <code>ImageObserver</code>
3669 * object to be notified as the image is being prepared
3670 * @return the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3671 * <code>ImageObserver</code> flags indicating what
3672 * information about the image is currently available
3673 * @see #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3674 * @see Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3675 * @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3676 * @since JDK1.0
3677 */
3678 public int checkImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3679 return checkImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3680 }
3681
3682 /**
3683 * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3684 * of the specified image.
3685 * <p>
3686 * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3687 * application must use the <code>prepareImage</code> method
3688 * to force the loading of an image.
3689 * <p>
3690 * The <code>checkImage</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3691 * calls its peer's <code>checkImage</code> method to calculate
3692 * the flags. If this component does not yet have a peer, the
3693 * component's toolkit's <code>checkImage</code> method is called
3694 * instead.
3695 * <p>
3696 * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3697 * with the discussion of the <code>ImageObserver</code> interface.
3698 * @param image the <code>Image</code> object whose status
3699 * is being checked
3700 * @param width the width of the scaled version
3701 * whose status is to be checked
3702 * @param height the height of the scaled version
3703 * whose status is to be checked
3704 * @param observer the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3705 * to be notified as the image is being prepared
3706 * @return the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3707 * <code>ImageObserver</code> flags indicating what
3708 * information about the image is currently available
3709 * @see #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3710 * @see Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3711 * @see java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3712 * @since JDK1.0
3713 */
3714 public int checkImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3715 ImageObserver observer) {
3716 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3717 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3718 return (parent != null)
3719 ? parent.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3720 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3721 } else {
3722 return (peer != null)
3723 ? peer.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3724 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3725 }
3726 }
3727
3728 /**
3729 * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
3730 * Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance. This method
3731 * attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
3732 * buffers supplied. It will always create a <code>BufferStrategy</code>
3733 * with that number of buffers.
3734 * A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
3735 * using accelerated buffers. Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
3736 * strategy is used.
3737 * <p>
3738 * Each time this method is called,
3739 * the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
3740 * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create, including the front buffer
3741 * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1.
3742 * @exception IllegalStateException if the component is not displayable
3743 * @see #isDisplayable
3744 * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3745 * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3746 * @since 1.4
3747 */
3748 void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers) {
3749 BufferCapabilities bufferCaps;
3750 if (numBuffers > 1) {
3751 // Try to create a page-flipping strategy
3752 bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(true),
3753 new ImageCapabilities(true),
3754 BufferCapabilities.FlipContents.UNDEFINED);
3755 try {
3756 createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, bufferCaps);
3757 return; // Success
3758 } catch (AWTException e) {
3759 // Failed
3760 }
3761 }
3762 // Try a blitting (but still accelerated) strategy
3763 bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(true),
3764 new ImageCapabilities(true),
3765 null);
3766 try {
3767 createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, bufferCaps);
3768 return; // Success
3769 } catch (AWTException e) {
3770 // Failed
3771 }
3772 // Try an unaccelerated blitting strategy
3773 bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(false),
3774 new ImageCapabilities(false),
3775 null);
3776 try {
3777 createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, bufferCaps);
3778 return; // Success
3779 } catch (AWTException e) {
3780 // Failed
3781 }
3782 // Code should never reach here (an unaccelerated blitting
3783 // strategy should always work)
3784 throw new InternalError("Could not create a buffer strategy");
3785 }
3786
3787 /**
3788 * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component with the
3789 * required buffer capabilities. This is useful, for example, if only
3790 * accelerated memory or page flipping is desired (as specified by the
3791 * buffer capabilities).
3792 * <p>
3793 * Each time this method
3794 * is called, <code>dispose</code> will be invoked on the existing
3795 * <code>BufferStrategy</code>.
3796 * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
3797 * @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
3798 * cannot be <code>null</code>
3799 * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
3800 * supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
3801 * accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
3802 * but not possible.
3803 * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
3804 * caps is <code>null</code>
3805 * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3806 * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3807 * @since 1.4
3808 */
3809 void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
3810 BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3811 // Check arguments
3812 if (numBuffers < 1) {
3813 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
3814 "Number of buffers must be at least 1");
3815 }
3816 if (caps == null) {
3817 throw new IllegalArgumentException("No capabilities specified");
3818 }
3819 // Destroy old buffers
3820 if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3821 bufferStrategy.dispose();
3822 }
3823 if (numBuffers == 1) {
3824 bufferStrategy = new SingleBufferStrategy(caps);
3825 } else {
3826 SunGraphicsEnvironment sge = (SunGraphicsEnvironment)
3827 GraphicsEnvironment.getLocalGraphicsEnvironment();
3828 if (!caps.isPageFlipping() && sge.isFlipStrategyPreferred(peer)) {
3829 caps = new ProxyCapabilities(caps);
3830 }
3831 // assert numBuffers > 1;
3832 if (caps.isPageFlipping()) {
3833 bufferStrategy = new FlipSubRegionBufferStrategy(numBuffers, caps);
3834 } else {
3835 bufferStrategy = new BltSubRegionBufferStrategy(numBuffers, caps);
3836 }
3837 }
3838 }
3839
3840 /**
3841 * This is a proxy capabilities class used when a FlipBufferStrategy
3842 * is created instead of the requested Blit strategy.
3843 *
3844 * @see sun.awt.SunGraphicsEnvironment#isFlipStrategyPreferred(ComponentPeer)
3845 */
3846 private class ProxyCapabilities extends ExtendedBufferCapabilities {
3847 private BufferCapabilities orig;
3848 private ProxyCapabilities(BufferCapabilities orig) {
3849 super(orig.getFrontBufferCapabilities(),
3850 orig.getBackBufferCapabilities(),
3851 orig.getFlipContents() ==
3852 BufferCapabilities.FlipContents.BACKGROUND ?
3853 BufferCapabilities.FlipContents.BACKGROUND :
3854 BufferCapabilities.FlipContents.COPIED);
3855 this.orig = orig;
3856 }
3857 }
3858
3859 /**
3860 * @return the buffer strategy used by this component
3861 * @see Window#createBufferStrategy
3862 * @see Canvas#createBufferStrategy
3863 * @since 1.4
3864 */
3865 BufferStrategy getBufferStrategy() {
3866 return bufferStrategy;
3867 }
3868
3869 /**
3870 * @return the back buffer currently used by this component's
3871 * BufferStrategy. If there is no BufferStrategy or no
3872 * back buffer, this method returns null.
3873 */
3874 Image getBackBuffer() {
3875 if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3876 if (bufferStrategy instanceof BltBufferStrategy) {
3877 BltBufferStrategy bltBS = (BltBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3878 return bltBS.getBackBuffer();
3879 } else if (bufferStrategy instanceof FlipBufferStrategy) {
3880 FlipBufferStrategy flipBS = (FlipBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3881 return flipBS.getBackBuffer();
3882 }
3883 }
3884 return null;
3885 }
3886
3887 /**
3888 * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component. That component must
3889 * be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code>.
3890 * @see Canvas
3891 * @see Window
3892 * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
3893 * @author Michael Martak
3894 * @since 1.4
3895 */
3896 protected class FlipBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
3897 /**
3898 * The number of buffers
3899 */
3900 protected int numBuffers; // = 0
3901 /**
3902 * The buffering capabilities
3903 */
3904 protected BufferCapabilities caps; // = null
3905 /**
3906 * The drawing buffer
3907 */
3908 protected Image drawBuffer; // = null
3909 /**
3910 * The drawing buffer as a volatile image
3911 */
3912 protected VolatileImage drawVBuffer; // = null
3913 /**
3914 * Whether or not the drawing buffer has been recently restored from
3915 * a lost state.
3916 */
3917 protected boolean validatedContents; // = false
3918 /**
3919 * Size of the back buffers. (Note: these fields were added in 6.0
3920 * but kept package-private to avoid exposing them in the spec.
3921 * None of these fields/methods really should have been marked
3922 * protected when they were introduced in 1.4, but now we just have
3923 * to live with that decision.)
3924 */
3925 int width;
3926 int height;
3927
3928 /**
3929 * Creates a new flipping buffer strategy for this component.
3930 * The component must be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code>.
3931 * @see Canvas
3932 * @see Window
3933 * @param numBuffers the number of buffers
3934 * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers
3935 * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
3936 * supported or met
3937 * @exception ClassCastException if the component is not a canvas or
3938 * window.
3939 * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
3940 * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code numBuffers} is less than two,
3941 * or if {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} is not
3942 * {@code true}.
3943 * @see #createBuffers(int, BufferCapabilities)
3944 */
3945 protected FlipBufferStrategy(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
3946 throws AWTException
3947 {
3948 if (!(Component.this instanceof Window) &&
3949 !(Component.this instanceof Canvas))
3950 {
3951 throw new ClassCastException(
3952 "Component must be a Canvas or Window");
3953 }
3954 this.numBuffers = numBuffers;
3955 this.caps = caps;
3956 createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
3957 }
3958
3959 /**
3960 * Creates one or more complex, flipping buffers with the given
3961 * capabilities.
3962 * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create; must be greater than
3963 * one
3964 * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers.
3965 * <code>BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping</code> must be
3966 * <code>true</code>.
3967 * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
3968 * supported or met
3969 * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
3970 * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than two,
3971 * or if <code>BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping</code> is not
3972 * <code>true</code>.
3973 * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#isPageFlipping()
3974 */
3975 protected void createBuffers(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
3976 throws AWTException
3977 {
3978 if (numBuffers < 2) {
3979 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
3980 "Number of buffers cannot be less than two");
3981 } else if (peer == null) {
3982 throw new IllegalStateException(
3983 "Component must have a valid peer");
3984 } else if (caps == null || !caps.isPageFlipping()) {
3985 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
3986 "Page flipping capabilities must be specified");
3987 }
3988
3989 // save the current bounds
3990 width = getWidth();
3991 height = getHeight();
3992
3993 if (drawBuffer != null) {
3994 // dispose the existing backbuffers
3995 drawBuffer = null;
3996 drawVBuffer = null;
3997 destroyBuffers();
3998 // ... then recreate the backbuffers
3999 }
4000
4001 if (caps instanceof ExtendedBufferCapabilities) {
4002 ExtendedBufferCapabilities ebc =
4003 (ExtendedBufferCapabilities)caps;
4004 if (ebc.getVSync() == VSYNC_ON) {
4005 // if this buffer strategy is not allowed to be v-synced,
4006 // change the caps that we pass to the peer but keep on
4007 // trying to create v-synced buffers;
4008 // do not throw IAE here in case it is disallowed, see
4009 // ExtendedBufferCapabilities for more info
4010 if (!VSyncedBSManager.vsyncAllowed(this)) {
4011 caps = ebc.derive(VSYNC_DEFAULT);
4012 }
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016 peer.createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4017 updateInternalBuffers();
4018 }
4019
4020 /**
4021 * Updates internal buffers (both volatile and non-volatile)
4022 * by requesting the back-buffer from the peer.
4023 */
4024 private void updateInternalBuffers() {
4025 // get the images associated with the draw buffer
4026 drawBuffer = getBackBuffer();
4027 if (drawBuffer instanceof VolatileImage) {
4028 drawVBuffer = (VolatileImage)drawBuffer;
4029 } else {
4030 drawVBuffer = null;
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 /**
4035 * @return direct access to the back buffer, as an image.
4036 * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4037 * been created
4038 */
4039 protected Image getBackBuffer() {
4040 if (peer != null) {
4041 return peer.getBackBuffer();
4042 } else {
4043 throw new IllegalStateException(
4044 "Component must have a valid peer");
4045 }
4046 }
4047
4048 /**
4049 * Flipping moves the contents of the back buffer to the front buffer,
4050 * either by copying or by moving the video pointer.
4051 * @param flipAction an integer value describing the flipping action
4052 * for the contents of the back buffer. This should be one of the
4053 * values of the <code>BufferCapabilities.FlipContents</code>
4054 * property.
4055 * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4056 * been created
4057 * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#getFlipContents()
4058 */
4059 protected void flip(BufferCapabilities.FlipContents flipAction) {
4060 if (peer != null) {
4061 Image backBuffer = getBackBuffer();
4062 if (backBuffer != null) {
4063 peer.flip(0, 0,
4064 backBuffer.getWidth(null),
4065 backBuffer.getHeight(null), flipAction);
4066 }
4067 } else {
4068 throw new IllegalStateException(
4069 "Component must have a valid peer");
4070 }
4071 }
4072
4073 void flipSubRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2,
4074 BufferCapabilities.FlipContents flipAction)
4075 {
4076 if (peer != null) {
4077 peer.flip(x1, y1, x2, y2, flipAction);
4078 } else {
4079 throw new IllegalStateException(
4080 "Component must have a valid peer");
4081 }
4082 }
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Destroys the buffers created through this object
4086 */
4087 protected void destroyBuffers() {
4088 VSyncedBSManager.releaseVsync(this);
4089 if (peer != null) {
4090 peer.destroyBuffers();
4091 } else {
4092 throw new IllegalStateException(
4093 "Component must have a valid peer");
4094 }
4095 }
4096
4097 /**
4098 * @return the buffering capabilities of this strategy
4099 */
4100 public BufferCapabilities getCapabilities() {
4101 if (caps instanceof ProxyCapabilities) {
4102 return ((ProxyCapabilities)caps).orig;
4103 } else {
4104 return caps;
4105 }
4106 }
4107
4108 /**
4109 * @return the graphics on the drawing buffer. This method may not
4110 * be synchronized for performance reasons; use of this method by multiple
4111 * threads should be handled at the application level. Disposal of the
4112 * graphics object must be handled by the application.
4113 */
4114 public Graphics getDrawGraphics() {
4115 revalidate();
4116 return drawBuffer.getGraphics();
4117 }
4118
4119 /**
4120 * Restore the drawing buffer if it has been lost
4121 */
4122 protected void revalidate() {
4123 revalidate(true);
4124 }
4125
4126 void revalidate(boolean checkSize) {
4127 validatedContents = false;
4128
4129 if (checkSize && (getWidth() != width || getHeight() != height)) {
4130 // component has been resized; recreate the backbuffers
4131 try {
4132 createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4133 } catch (AWTException e) {
4134 // shouldn't be possible
4135 }
4136 validatedContents = true;
4137 }
4138
4139 // get the buffers from the peer every time since they
4140 // might have been replaced in response to a display change event
4141 updateInternalBuffers();
4142
4143 // now validate the backbuffer
4144 if (drawVBuffer != null) {
4145 GraphicsConfiguration gc =
4146 getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode();
4147 int returnCode = drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4148 if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4149 try {
4150 createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4151 } catch (AWTException e) {
4152 // shouldn't be possible
4153 }
4154 if (drawVBuffer != null) {
4155 // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4156 drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4157 }
4158 validatedContents = true;
4159 } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4160 validatedContents = true;
4161 }
4162 }
4163 }
4164
4165 /**
4166 * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4167 * <code>getDrawGraphics</code>
4168 */
4169 public boolean contentsLost() {
4170 if (drawVBuffer == null) {
4171 return false;
4172 }
4173 return drawVBuffer.contentsLost();
4174 }
4175
4176 /**
4177 * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4178 * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4179 */
4180 public boolean contentsRestored() {
4181 return validatedContents;
4182 }
4183
4184 /**
4185 * Makes the next available buffer visible by either blitting or
4186 * flipping.
4187 */
4188 public void show() {
4189 flip(caps.getFlipContents());
4190 }
4191
4192 /**
4193 * Makes specified region of the the next available buffer visible
4194 * by either blitting or flipping.
4195 */
4196 void showSubRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4197 flipSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2, caps.getFlipContents());
4198 }
4199
4200 /**
4201 * {@inheritDoc}
4202 * @since 1.6
4203 */
4204 public void dispose() {
4205 if (Component.this.bufferStrategy == this) {
4206 Component.this.bufferStrategy = null;
4207 if (peer != null) {
4208 destroyBuffers();
4209 }
4210 }
4211 }
4212
4213 } // Inner class FlipBufferStrategy
4214
4215 /**
4216 * Inner class for blitting offscreen surfaces to a component.
4217 *
4218 * @author Michael Martak
4219 * @since 1.4
4220 */
4221 protected class BltBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
4222
4223 /**
4224 * The buffering capabilities
4225 */
4226 protected BufferCapabilities caps; // = null
4227 /**
4228 * The back buffers
4229 */
4230 protected VolatileImage[] backBuffers; // = null
4231 /**
4232 * Whether or not the drawing buffer has been recently restored from
4233 * a lost state.
4234 */
4235 protected boolean validatedContents; // = false
4236 /**
4237 * Size of the back buffers
4238 */
4239 protected int width;
4240 protected int height;
4241
4242 /**
4243 * Insets for the hosting Component. The size of the back buffer
4244 * is constrained by these.
4245 */
4246 private Insets insets;
4247
4248 /**
4249 * Creates a new blt buffer strategy around a component
4250 * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create, including the
4251 * front buffer
4252 * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers
4253 */
4254 protected BltBufferStrategy(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps) {
4255 this.caps = caps;
4256 createBackBuffers(numBuffers - 1);
4257 }
4258
4259 /**
4260 * {@inheritDoc}
4261 * @since 1.6
4262 */
4263 public void dispose() {
4264 if (backBuffers != null) {
4265 for (int counter = backBuffers.length - 1; counter >= 0;
4266 counter--) {
4267 if (backBuffers[counter] != null) {
4268 backBuffers[counter].flush();
4269 backBuffers[counter] = null;
4270 }
4271 }
4272 }
4273 if (Component.this.bufferStrategy == this) {
4274 Component.this.bufferStrategy = null;
4275 }
4276 }
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Creates the back buffers
4280 */
4281 protected void createBackBuffers(int numBuffers) {
4282 if (numBuffers == 0) {
4283 backBuffers = null;
4284 } else {
4285 // save the current bounds
4286 width = getWidth();
4287 height = getHeight();
4288 insets = getInsets_NoClientCode();
4289 int iWidth = width - insets.left - insets.right;
4290 int iHeight = height - insets.top - insets.bottom;
4291
4292 // It is possible for the component's width and/or height
4293 // to be 0 here. Force the size of the backbuffers to
4294 // be > 0 so that creating the image won't fail.
4295 iWidth = Math.max(1, iWidth);
4296 iHeight = Math.max(1, iHeight);
4297 if (backBuffers == null) {
4298 backBuffers = new VolatileImage[numBuffers];
4299 } else {
4300 // flush any existing backbuffers
4301 for (int i = 0; i < numBuffers; i++) {
4302 if (backBuffers[i] != null) {
4303 backBuffers[i].flush();
4304 backBuffers[i] = null;
4305 }
4306 }
4307 }
4308
4309 // create the backbuffers
4310 for (int i = 0; i < numBuffers; i++) {
4311 backBuffers[i] = createVolatileImage(iWidth, iHeight);
4312 }
4313 }
4314 }
4315
4316 /**
4317 * @return the buffering capabilities of this strategy
4318 */
4319 public BufferCapabilities getCapabilities() {
4320 return caps;
4321 }
4322
4323 /**
4324 * @return the draw graphics
4325 */
4326 public Graphics getDrawGraphics() {
4327 revalidate();
4328 Image backBuffer = getBackBuffer();
4329 if (backBuffer == null) {
4330 return getGraphics();
4331 }
4332 SunGraphics2D g = (SunGraphics2D)backBuffer.getGraphics();
4333 g.constrain(-insets.left, -insets.top,
4334 backBuffer.getWidth(null) + insets.left,
4335 backBuffer.getHeight(null) + insets.top);
4336 return g;
4337 }
4338
4339 /**
4340 * @return direct access to the back buffer, as an image.
4341 * If there is no back buffer, returns null.
4342 */
4343 Image getBackBuffer() {
4344 if (backBuffers != null) {
4345 return backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1];
4346 } else {
4347 return null;
4348 }
4349 }
4350
4351 /**
4352 * Makes the next available buffer visible.
4353 */
4354 public void show() {
4355 showSubRegion(insets.left, insets.top,
4356 width - insets.right,
4357 height - insets.bottom);
4358 }
4359
4360 /**
4361 * Package-private method to present a specific rectangular area
4362 * of this buffer. This class currently shows only the entire
4363 * buffer, by calling showSubRegion() with the full dimensions of
4364 * the buffer. Subclasses (e.g., BltSubRegionBufferStrategy
4365 * and FlipSubRegionBufferStrategy) may have region-specific show
4366 * methods that call this method with actual sub regions of the
4367 * buffer.
4368 */
4369 void showSubRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4370 if (backBuffers == null) {
4371 return;
4372 }
4373 // Adjust location to be relative to client area.
4374 x1 -= insets.left;
4375 x2 -= insets.left;
4376 y1 -= insets.top;
4377 y2 -= insets.top;
4378 Graphics g = getGraphics_NoClientCode();
4379 if (g == null) {
4380 // Not showing, bail
4381 return;
4382 }
4383 try {
4384 // First image copy is in terms of Frame's coordinates, need
4385 // to translate to client area.
4386 g.translate(insets.left, insets.top);
4387 for (int i = 0; i < backBuffers.length; i++) {
4388 g.drawImage(backBuffers[i],
4389 x1, y1, x2, y2,
4390 x1, y1, x2, y2,
4391 null);
4392 g.dispose();
4393 g = null;
4394 g = backBuffers[i].getGraphics();
4395 }
4396 } finally {
4397 if (g != null) {
4398 g.dispose();
4399 }
4400 }
4401 }
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Restore the drawing buffer if it has been lost
4405 */
4406 protected void revalidate() {
4407 revalidate(true);
4408 }
4409
4410 void revalidate(boolean checkSize) {
4411 validatedContents = false;
4412
4413 if (backBuffers == null) {
4414 return;
4415 }
4416
4417 if (checkSize) {
4418 Insets insets = getInsets_NoClientCode();
4419 if (getWidth() != width || getHeight() != height ||
4420 !insets.equals(this.insets)) {
4421 // component has been resized; recreate the backbuffers
4422 createBackBuffers(backBuffers.length);
4423 validatedContents = true;
4424 }
4425 }
4426
4427 // now validate the backbuffer
4428 GraphicsConfiguration gc = getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode();
4429 int returnCode =
4430 backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4431 if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4432 if (checkSize) {
4433 createBackBuffers(backBuffers.length);
4434 // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4435 backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4436 }
4437 // else case means we're called from Swing on the toolkit
4438 // thread, don't recreate buffers as that'll deadlock
4439 // (creating VolatileImages invokes getting GraphicsConfig
4440 // which grabs treelock).
4441 validatedContents = true;
4442 } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4443 validatedContents = true;
4444 }
4445 }
4446
4447 /**
4448 * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4449 * <code>getDrawGraphics</code>
4450 */
4451 public boolean contentsLost() {
4452 if (backBuffers == null) {
4453 return false;
4454 } else {
4455 return backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].contentsLost();
4456 }
4457 }
4458
4459 /**
4460 * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4461 * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4462 */
4463 public boolean contentsRestored() {
4464 return validatedContents;
4465 }
4466 } // Inner class BltBufferStrategy
4467
4468 /**
4469 * Private class to perform sub-region flipping.
4470 */
4471 private class FlipSubRegionBufferStrategy extends FlipBufferStrategy
4472 implements SubRegionShowable
4473 {
4474
4475 protected FlipSubRegionBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
4476 BufferCapabilities caps)
4477 throws AWTException
4478 {
4479 super(numBuffers, caps);
4480 }
4481
4482 public void show(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4483 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4484 }
4485
4486 // This is invoked by Swing on the toolkit thread.
4487 public boolean showIfNotLost(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4488 if (!contentsLost()) {
4489 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4490 return !contentsLost();
4491 }
4492 return false;
4493 }
4494 }
4495
4496 /**
4497 * Private class to perform sub-region blitting. Swing will use
4498 * this subclass via the SubRegionShowable interface in order to
4499 * copy only the area changed during a repaint.
4500 * @see javax.swing.BufferStrategyPaintManager
4501 */
4502 private class BltSubRegionBufferStrategy extends BltBufferStrategy
4503 implements SubRegionShowable
4504 {
4505
4506 protected BltSubRegionBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
4507 BufferCapabilities caps)
4508 {
4509 super(numBuffers, caps);
4510 }
4511
4512 public void show(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4513 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4514 }
4515
4516 // This method is called by Swing on the toolkit thread.
4517 public boolean showIfNotLost(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4518 if (!contentsLost()) {
4519 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4520 return !contentsLost();
4521 }
4522 return false;
4523 }
4524 }
4525
4526 /**
4527 * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component. That component must
4528 * be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code>.
4529 * @see Canvas
4530 * @see Window
4531 * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4532 * @author Michael Martak
4533 * @since 1.4
4534 */
4535 private class SingleBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
4536
4537 private BufferCapabilities caps;
4538
4539 public SingleBufferStrategy(BufferCapabilities caps) {
4540 this.caps = caps;
4541 }
4542 public BufferCapabilities getCapabilities() {
4543 return caps;
4544 }
4545 public Graphics getDrawGraphics() {
4546 return getGraphics();
4547 }
4548 public boolean contentsLost() {
4549 return false;
4550 }
4551 public boolean contentsRestored() {
4552 return false;
4553 }
4554 public void show() {
4555 // Do nothing
4556 }
4557 } // Inner class SingleBufferStrategy
4558
4559 /**
4560 * Sets whether or not paint messages received from the operating system
4561 * should be ignored. This does not affect paint events generated in
4562 * software by the AWT, unless they are an immediate response to an
4563 * OS-level paint message.
4564 * <p>
4565 * This is useful, for example, if running under full-screen mode and
4566 * better performance is desired, or if page-flipping is used as the
4567 * buffer strategy.
4568 *
4569 * @since 1.4
4570 * @see #getIgnoreRepaint
4571 * @see Canvas#createBufferStrategy
4572 * @see Window#createBufferStrategy
4573 * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4574 * @see GraphicsDevice#setFullScreenWindow
4575 */
4576 public void setIgnoreRepaint(boolean ignoreRepaint) {
4577 this.ignoreRepaint = ignoreRepaint;
4578 }
4579
4580 /**
4581 * @return whether or not paint messages received from the operating system
4582 * should be ignored.
4583 *
4584 * @since 1.4
4585 * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
4586 */
4587 public boolean getIgnoreRepaint() {
4588 return ignoreRepaint;
4589 }
4590
4591 /**
4592 * Checks whether this component "contains" the specified point,
4593 * where <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> are defined to be
4594 * relative to the coordinate system of this component.
4595 * @param x the <i>x</i> coordinate of the point
4596 * @param y the <i>y</i> coordinate of the point
4597 * @see #getComponentAt(int, int)
4598 * @since JDK1.1
4599 */
4600 public boolean contains(int x, int y) {
4601 return inside(x, y);
4602 }
4603
4604 /**
4605 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4606 * replaced by contains(int, int).
4607 */
4608 @Deprecated
4609 public boolean inside(int x, int y) {
4610 return (x >= 0) && (x < width) && (y >= 0) && (y < height);
4611 }
4612
4613 /**
4614 * Checks whether this component "contains" the specified point,
4615 * where the point's <i>x</i> and <i>y</i> coordinates are defined
4616 * to be relative to the coordinate system of this component.
4617 * @param p the point
4618 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code p} is {@code null}
4619 * @see #getComponentAt(Point)
4620 * @since JDK1.1
4621 */
4622 public boolean contains(Point p) {
4623 return contains(p.x, p.y);
4624 }
4625
4626 /**
4627 * Determines if this component or one of its immediate
4628 * subcomponents contains the (<i>x</i>, <i>y</i>) location,
4629 * and if so, returns the containing component. This method only
4630 * looks one level deep. If the point (<i>x</i>, <i>y</i>) is
4631 * inside a subcomponent that itself has subcomponents, it does not
4632 * go looking down the subcomponent tree.
4633 * <p>
4634 * The <code>locate</code> method of <code>Component</code> simply
4635 * returns the component itself if the (<i>x</i>, <i>y</i>)
4636 * coordinate location is inside its bounding box, and <code>null</code>
4637 * otherwise.
4638 * @param x the <i>x</i> coordinate
4639 * @param y the <i>y</i> coordinate
4640 * @return the component or subcomponent that contains the
4641 * (<i>x</i>, <i>y</i>) location;
4642 * <code>null</code> if the location
4643 * is outside this component
4644 * @see #contains(int, int)
4645 * @since JDK1.0
4646 */
4647 public Component getComponentAt(int x, int y) {
4648 return locate(x, y);
4649 }
4650
4651 /**
4652 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4653 * replaced by getComponentAt(int, int).
4654 */
4655 @Deprecated
4656 public Component locate(int x, int y) {
4657 return contains(x, y) ? this : null;
4658 }
4659
4660 /**
4661 * Returns the component or subcomponent that contains the
4662 * specified point.
4663 * @param p the point
4664 * @see java.awt.Component#contains
4665 * @since JDK1.1
4666 */
4667 public Component getComponentAt(Point p) {
4668 return getComponentAt(p.x, p.y);
4669 }
4670
4671 /**
4672 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4673 * replaced by <code>dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)</code>.
4674 */
4675 @Deprecated
4676 public void deliverEvent(Event e) {
4677 postEvent(e);
4678 }
4679
4680 /**
4681 * Dispatches an event to this component or one of its sub components.
4682 * Calls <code>processEvent</code> before returning for 1.1-style
4683 * events which have been enabled for the <code>Component</code>.
4684 * @param e the event
4685 */
4686 public final void dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e) {
4687 dispatchEventImpl(e);
4688 }
4689
4690 void dispatchEventImpl(AWTEvent e) {
4691 int id = e.getID();
4692
4693 // Check that this component belongs to this app-context
4694 AppContext compContext = appContext;
4695 if (compContext != null && !compContext.equals(AppContext.getAppContext())) {
4696 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
4697 eventLog.fine("Event " + e + " is being dispatched on the wrong AppContext");
4698 }
4699 }
4700
4701 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4702 eventLog.finest("{0}", e);
4703 }
4704
4705 /*
4706 * 0. Set timestamp and modifiers of current event.
4707 */
4708 EventQueue.setCurrentEventAndMostRecentTime(e);
4709
4710 /*
4711 * 1. Pre-dispatchers. Do any necessary retargeting/reordering here
4712 * before we notify AWTEventListeners.
4713 */
4714
4715 if (e instanceof SunDropTargetEvent) {
4716 ((SunDropTargetEvent)e).dispatch();
4717 return;
4718 }
4719
4720 if (!e.focusManagerIsDispatching) {
4721 // Invoke the private focus retargeting method which provides
4722 // lightweight Component support
4723 if (e.isPosted) {
4724 e = KeyboardFocusManager.retargetFocusEvent(e);
4725 e.isPosted = true;
4726 }
4727
4728 // Now, with the event properly targeted to a lightweight
4729 // descendant if necessary, invoke the public focus retargeting
4730 // and dispatching function
4731 if (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
4732 dispatchEvent(e))
4733 {
4734 return;
4735 }
4736 }
4737 if ((e instanceof FocusEvent) && focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4738 focusLog.finest("" + e);
4739 }
4740 // MouseWheel may need to be retargeted here so that
4741 // AWTEventListener sees the event go to the correct
4742 // Component. If the MouseWheelEvent needs to go to an ancestor,
4743 // the event is dispatched to the ancestor, and dispatching here
4744 // stops.
4745 if (id == MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL &&
4746 (!eventTypeEnabled(id)) &&
4747 (peer != null && !peer.handlesWheelScrolling()) &&
4748 (dispatchMouseWheelToAncestor((MouseWheelEvent)e)))
4749 {
4750 return;
4751 }
4752
4753 /*
4754 * 2. Allow the Toolkit to pass this to AWTEventListeners.
4755 */
4756 Toolkit toolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
4757 toolkit.notifyAWTEventListeners(e);
4758
4759
4760 /*
4761 * 3. If no one has consumed a key event, allow the
4762 * KeyboardFocusManager to process it.
4763 */
4764 if (!e.isConsumed()) {
4765 if (e instanceof java.awt.event.KeyEvent) {
4766 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
4767 processKeyEvent(this, (KeyEvent)e);
4768 if (e.isConsumed()) {
4769 return;
4770 }
4771 }
4772 }
4773
4774 /*
4775 * 4. Allow input methods to process the event
4776 */
4777 if (areInputMethodsEnabled()) {
4778 // We need to pass on InputMethodEvents since some host
4779 // input method adapters send them through the Java
4780 // event queue instead of directly to the component,
4781 // and the input context also handles the Java composition window
4782 if(((e instanceof InputMethodEvent) && !(this instanceof CompositionArea))
4783 ||
4784 // Otherwise, we only pass on input and focus events, because
4785 // a) input methods shouldn't know about semantic or component-level events
4786 // b) passing on the events takes time
4787 // c) isConsumed() is always true for semantic events.
4788 (e instanceof InputEvent) || (e instanceof FocusEvent)) {
4789 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
4790
4791
4792 if (inputContext != null) {
4793 inputContext.dispatchEvent(e);
4794 if (e.isConsumed()) {
4795 if ((e instanceof FocusEvent) && focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4796 focusLog.finest("3579: Skipping " + e);
4797 }
4798 return;
4799 }
4800 }
4801 }
4802 } else {
4803 // When non-clients get focus, we need to explicitly disable the native
4804 // input method. The native input method is actually not disabled when
4805 // the active/passive/peered clients loose focus.
4806 if (id == FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED) {
4807 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
4808 if (inputContext != null && inputContext instanceof sun.awt.im.InputContext) {
4809 ((sun.awt.im.InputContext)inputContext).disableNativeIM();
4810 }
4811 }
4812 }
4813
4814
4815 /*
4816 * 5. Pre-process any special events before delivery
4817 */
4818 switch(id) {
4819 // Handling of the PAINT and UPDATE events is now done in the
4820 // peer's handleEvent() method so the background can be cleared
4821 // selectively for non-native components on Windows only.
4822 // - Fred.Ecks@Eng.sun.com, 5-8-98
4823
4824 case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
4825 case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
4826 Container p = (Container)((this instanceof Container) ? this : parent);
4827 if (p != null) {
4828 p.preProcessKeyEvent((KeyEvent)e);
4829 if (e.isConsumed()) {
4830 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4831 focusLog.finest("Pre-process consumed event");
4832 }
4833 return;
4834 }
4835 }
4836 break;
4837
4838 case WindowEvent.WINDOW_CLOSING:
4839 if (toolkit instanceof WindowClosingListener) {
4840 windowClosingException = ((WindowClosingListener)
4841 toolkit).windowClosingNotify((WindowEvent)e);
4842 if (checkWindowClosingException()) {
4843 return;
4844 }
4845 }
4846 break;
4847
4848 default:
4849 break;
4850 }
4851
4852 /*
4853 * 6. Deliver event for normal processing
4854 */
4855 if (newEventsOnly) {
4856 // Filtering needs to really be moved to happen at a lower
4857 // level in order to get maximum performance gain; it is
4858 // here temporarily to ensure the API spec is honored.
4859 //
4860 if (eventEnabled(e)) {
4861 processEvent(e);
4862 }
4863 } else if (id == MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL) {
4864 // newEventsOnly will be false for a listenerless ScrollPane, but
4865 // MouseWheelEvents still need to be dispatched to it so scrolling
4866 // can be done.
4867 autoProcessMouseWheel((MouseWheelEvent)e);
4868 } else if (!(e instanceof MouseEvent && !postsOldMouseEvents())) {
4869 //
4870 // backward compatibility
4871 //
4872 Event olde = e.convertToOld();
4873 if (olde != null) {
4874 int key = olde.key;
4875 int modifiers = olde.modifiers;
4876
4877 postEvent(olde);
4878 if (olde.isConsumed()) {
4879 e.consume();
4880 }
4881 // if target changed key or modifier values, copy them
4882 // back to original event
4883 //
4884 switch(olde.id) {
4885 case Event.KEY_PRESS:
4886 case Event.KEY_RELEASE:
4887 case Event.KEY_ACTION:
4888 case Event.KEY_ACTION_RELEASE:
4889 if (olde.key != key) {
4890 ((KeyEvent)e).setKeyChar(olde.getKeyEventChar());
4891 }
4892 if (olde.modifiers != modifiers) {
4893 ((KeyEvent)e).setModifiers(olde.modifiers);
4894 }
4895 break;
4896 default:
4897 break;
4898 }
4899 }
4900 }
4901
4902 /*
4903 * 8. Special handling for 4061116 : Hook for browser to close modal
4904 * dialogs.
4905 */
4906 if (id == WindowEvent.WINDOW_CLOSING && !e.isConsumed()) {
4907 if (toolkit instanceof WindowClosingListener) {
4908 windowClosingException =
4909 ((WindowClosingListener)toolkit).
4910 windowClosingDelivered((WindowEvent)e);
4911 if (checkWindowClosingException()) {
4912 return;
4913 }
4914 }
4915 }
4916
4917 /*
4918 * 9. Allow the peer to process the event.
4919 * Except KeyEvents, they will be processed by peer after
4920 * all KeyEventPostProcessors
4921 * (see DefaultKeyboardFocusManager.dispatchKeyEvent())
4922 */
4923 if (!(e instanceof KeyEvent)) {
4924 ComponentPeer tpeer = peer;
4925 if (e instanceof FocusEvent && (tpeer == null || tpeer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
4926 // if focus owner is lightweight then its native container
4927 // processes event
4928 Component source = (Component)e.getSource();
4929 if (source != null) {
4930 Container target = source.getNativeContainer();
4931 if (target != null) {
4932 tpeer = target.getPeer();
4933 }
4934 }
4935 }
4936 if (tpeer != null) {
4937 tpeer.handleEvent(e);
4938 }
4939 }
4940 } // dispatchEventImpl()
4941
4942 /*
4943 * If newEventsOnly is false, method is called so that ScrollPane can
4944 * override it and handle common-case mouse wheel scrolling. NOP
4945 * for Component.
4946 */
4947 void autoProcessMouseWheel(MouseWheelEvent e) {}
4948
4949 /*
4950 * Dispatch given MouseWheelEvent to the first ancestor for which
4951 * MouseWheelEvents are enabled.
4952 *
4953 * Returns whether or not event was dispatched to an ancestor
4954 */
4955 boolean dispatchMouseWheelToAncestor(MouseWheelEvent e) {
4956 int newX, newY;
4957 newX = e.getX() + getX(); // Coordinates take into account at least
4958 newY = e.getY() + getY(); // the cursor's position relative to this
4959 // Component (e.getX()), and this Component's
4960 // position relative to its parent.
4961 MouseWheelEvent newMWE;
4962
4963 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4964 eventLog.finest("dispatchMouseWheelToAncestor");
4965 eventLog.finest("orig event src is of " + e.getSource().getClass());
4966 }
4967
4968 /* parent field for Window refers to the owning Window.
4969 * MouseWheelEvents should NOT be propagated into owning Windows
4970 */
4971 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
4972 Container anc = getParent();
4973 while (anc != null && !anc.eventEnabled(e)) {
4974 // fix coordinates to be relative to new event source
4975 newX += anc.getX();
4976 newY += anc.getY();
4977
4978 if (!(anc instanceof Window)) {
4979 anc = anc.getParent();
4980 }
4981 else {
4982 break;
4983 }
4984 }
4985
4986 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
4987 eventLog.finest("new event src is " + anc.getClass());
4988 }
4989
4990 if (anc != null && anc.eventEnabled(e)) {
4991 // Change event to be from new source, with new x,y
4992 // For now, just create a new event - yucky
4993
4994 newMWE = new MouseWheelEvent(anc, // new source
4995 e.getID(),
4996 e.getWhen(),
4997 e.getModifiers(),
4998 newX, // x relative to new source
4999 newY, // y relative to new source
5000 e.getXOnScreen(),
5001 e.getYOnScreen(),
5002 e.getClickCount(),
5003 e.isPopupTrigger(),
5004 e.getScrollType(),
5005 e.getScrollAmount(),
5006 e.getWheelRotation(),
5007 e.getPreciseWheelRotation());
5008 ((AWTEvent)e).copyPrivateDataInto(newMWE);
5009 // When dispatching a wheel event to
5010 // ancestor, there is no need trying to find descendant
5011 // lightweights to dispatch event to.
5012 // If we dispatch the event to toplevel ancestor,
5013 // this could encolse the loop: 6480024.
5014 anc.dispatchEventToSelf(newMWE);
5015 if (newMWE.isConsumed()) {
5016 e.consume();
5017 }
5018 return true;
5019 }
5020 }
5021 return false;
5022 }
5023
5024 boolean checkWindowClosingException() {
5025 if (windowClosingException != null) {
5026 if (this instanceof Dialog) {
5027 ((Dialog)this).interruptBlocking();
5028 } else {
5029 windowClosingException.fillInStackTrace();
5030 windowClosingException.printStackTrace();
5031 windowClosingException = null;
5032 }
5033 return true;
5034 }
5035 return false;
5036 }
5037
5038 boolean areInputMethodsEnabled() {
5039 // in 1.2, we assume input method support is required for all
5040 // components that handle key events, but components can turn off
5041 // input methods by calling enableInputMethods(false).
5042 return ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0) &&
5043 ((eventMask & AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 || keyListener != null);
5044 }
5045
5046 // REMIND: remove when filtering is handled at lower level
5047 boolean eventEnabled(AWTEvent e) {
5048 return eventTypeEnabled(e.id);
5049 }
5050
5051 boolean eventTypeEnabled(int type) {
5052 switch(type) {
5053 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED:
5054 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_RESIZED:
5055 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN:
5056 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_HIDDEN:
5057 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5058 componentListener != null) {
5059 return true;
5060 }
5061 break;
5062 case FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED:
5063 case FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST:
5064 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5065 focusListener != null) {
5066 return true;
5067 }
5068 break;
5069 case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
5070 case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
5071 case KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED:
5072 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5073 keyListener != null) {
5074 return true;
5075 }
5076 break;
5077 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
5078 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
5079 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
5080 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
5081 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED:
5082 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5083 mouseListener != null) {
5084 return true;
5085 }
5086 break;
5087 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
5088 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
5089 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5090 mouseMotionListener != null) {
5091 return true;
5092 }
5093 break;
5094 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
5095 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5096 mouseWheelListener != null) {
5097 return true;
5098 }
5099 break;
5100 case InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED:
5101 case InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED:
5102 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHOD_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5103 inputMethodListener != null) {
5104 return true;
5105 }
5106 break;
5107 case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
5108 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5109 hierarchyListener != null) {
5110 return true;
5111 }
5112 break;
5113 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
5114 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
5115 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5116 hierarchyBoundsListener != null) {
5117 return true;
5118 }
5119 break;
5120 case ActionEvent.ACTION_PERFORMED:
5121 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ACTION_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
5122 return true;
5123 }
5124 break;
5125 case TextEvent.TEXT_VALUE_CHANGED:
5126 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.TEXT_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
5127 return true;
5128 }
5129 break;
5130 case ItemEvent.ITEM_STATE_CHANGED:
5131 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ITEM_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
5132 return true;
5133 }
5134 break;
5135 case AdjustmentEvent.ADJUSTMENT_VALUE_CHANGED:
5136 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.ADJUSTMENT_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
5137 return true;
5138 }
5139 break;
5140 default:
5141 break;
5142 }
5143 //
5144 // Always pass on events defined by external programs.
5145 //
5146 if (type > AWTEvent.RESERVED_ID_MAX) {
5147 return true;
5148 }
5149 return false;
5150 }
5151
5152 /**
5153 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
5154 * replaced by dispatchEvent(AWTEvent).
5155 */
5156 @Deprecated
5157 public boolean postEvent(Event e) {
5158 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
5159
5160 if (handleEvent(e)) {
5161 e.consume();
5162 return true;
5163 }
5164
5165 Component parent = this.parent;
5166 int eventx = e.x;
5167 int eventy = e.y;
5168 if (parent != null) {
5169 e.translate(x, y);
5170 if (parent.postEvent(e)) {
5171 e.consume();
5172 return true;
5173 }
5174 // restore coords
5175 e.x = eventx;
5176 e.y = eventy;
5177 }
5178 return false;
5179 }
5180
5181 // Event source interfaces
5182
5183 /**
5184 * Adds the specified component listener to receive component events from
5185 * this component.
5186 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5187 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5188 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5189 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5190 *
5191 * @param l the component listener
5192 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5193 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5194 * @see #removeComponentListener
5195 * @see #getComponentListeners
5196 * @since JDK1.1
5197 */
5198 public synchronized void addComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5199 if (l == null) {
5200 return;
5201 }
5202 componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(componentListener, l);
5203 newEventsOnly = true;
5204 }
5205
5206 /**
5207 * Removes the specified component listener so that it no longer
5208 * receives component events from this component. This method performs
5209 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5210 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5211 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5212 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5213 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5214 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5215 * @param l the component listener
5216 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5217 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5218 * @see #addComponentListener
5219 * @see #getComponentListeners
5220 * @since JDK1.1
5221 */
5222 public synchronized void removeComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5223 if (l == null) {
5224 return;
5225 }
5226 componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(componentListener, l);
5227 }
5228
5229 /**
5230 * Returns an array of all the component listeners
5231 * registered on this component.
5232 *
5233 * @return all of this comonent's <code>ComponentListener</code>s
5234 * or an empty array if no component
5235 * listeners are currently registered
5236 *
5237 * @see #addComponentListener
5238 * @see #removeComponentListener
5239 * @since 1.4
5240 */
5241 public synchronized ComponentListener[] getComponentListeners() {
5242 return (ComponentListener[]) (getListeners(ComponentListener.class));
5243 }
5244
5245 /**
5246 * Adds the specified focus listener to receive focus events from
5247 * this component when this component gains input focus.
5248 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5249 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5250 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5251 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5252 *
5253 * @param l the focus listener
5254 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5255 * @see java.awt.event.FocusListener
5256 * @see #removeFocusListener
5257 * @see #getFocusListeners
5258 * @since JDK1.1
5259 */
5260 public synchronized void addFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5261 if (l == null) {
5262 return;
5263 }
5264 focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(focusListener, l);
5265 newEventsOnly = true;
5266
5267 // if this is a lightweight component, enable focus events
5268 // in the native container.
5269 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5270 parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK);
5271 }
5272 }
5273
5274 /**
5275 * Removes the specified focus listener so that it no longer
5276 * receives focus events from this component. This method performs
5277 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5278 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5279 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5280 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5281 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5282 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5283 *
5284 * @param l the focus listener
5285 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5286 * @see java.awt.event.FocusListener
5287 * @see #addFocusListener
5288 * @see #getFocusListeners
5289 * @since JDK1.1
5290 */
5291 public synchronized void removeFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5292 if (l == null) {
5293 return;
5294 }
5295 focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(focusListener, l);
5296 }
5297
5298 /**
5299 * Returns an array of all the focus listeners
5300 * registered on this component.
5301 *
5302 * @return all of this component's <code>FocusListener</code>s
5303 * or an empty array if no component
5304 * listeners are currently registered
5305 *
5306 * @see #addFocusListener
5307 * @see #removeFocusListener
5308 * @since 1.4
5309 */
5310 public synchronized FocusListener[] getFocusListeners() {
5311 return (FocusListener[]) (getListeners(FocusListener.class));
5312 }
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Adds the specified hierarchy listener to receive hierarchy changed
5316 * events from this component when the hierarchy to which this container
5317 * belongs changes.
5318 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5319 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5320 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5321 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5322 *
5323 * @param l the hierarchy listener
5324 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5325 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5326 * @see #removeHierarchyListener
5327 * @see #getHierarchyListeners
5328 * @since 1.3
5329 */
5330 public void addHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5331 if (l == null) {
5332 return;
5333 }
5334 boolean notifyAncestors;
5335 synchronized (this) {
5336 notifyAncestors =
5337 (hierarchyListener == null &&
5338 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5339 hierarchyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyListener, l);
5340 notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener != null);
5341 newEventsOnly = true;
5342 }
5343 if (notifyAncestors) {
5344 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5345 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5346 1);
5347 }
5348 }
5349 }
5350
5351 /**
5352 * Removes the specified hierarchy listener so that it no longer
5353 * receives hierarchy changed events from this component. This method
5354 * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5355 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5356 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5357 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5358 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5359 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5360 *
5361 * @param l the hierarchy listener
5362 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5363 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5364 * @see #addHierarchyListener
5365 * @see #getHierarchyListeners
5366 * @since 1.3
5367 */
5368 public void removeHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5369 if (l == null) {
5370 return;
5371 }
5372 boolean notifyAncestors;
5373 synchronized (this) {
5374 notifyAncestors =
5375 (hierarchyListener != null &&
5376 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5377 hierarchyListener =
5378 AWTEventMulticaster.remove(hierarchyListener, l);
5379 notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener == null);
5380 }
5381 if (notifyAncestors) {
5382 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5383 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5384 -1);
5385 }
5386 }
5387 }
5388
5389 /**
5390 * Returns an array of all the hierarchy listeners
5391 * registered on this component.
5392 *
5393 * @return all of this component's <code>HierarchyListener</code>s
5394 * or an empty array if no hierarchy
5395 * listeners are currently registered
5396 *
5397 * @see #addHierarchyListener
5398 * @see #removeHierarchyListener
5399 * @since 1.4
5400 */
5401 public synchronized HierarchyListener[] getHierarchyListeners() {
5402 return (HierarchyListener[])(getListeners(HierarchyListener.class));
5403 }
5404
5405 /**
5406 * Adds the specified hierarchy bounds listener to receive hierarchy
5407 * bounds events from this component when the hierarchy to which this
5408 * container belongs changes.
5409 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5410 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5411 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5412 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5413 *
5414 * @param l the hierarchy bounds listener
5415 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5416 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5417 * @see #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5418 * @see #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5419 * @since 1.3
5420 */
5421 public void addHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5422 if (l == null) {
5423 return;
5424 }
5425 boolean notifyAncestors;
5426 synchronized (this) {
5427 notifyAncestors =
5428 (hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
5429 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5430 hierarchyBoundsListener =
5431 AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyBoundsListener, l);
5432 notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors &&
5433 hierarchyBoundsListener != null);
5434 newEventsOnly = true;
5435 }
5436 if (notifyAncestors) {
5437 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5438 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(
5439 AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK, 1);
5440 }
5441 }
5442 }
5443
5444 /**
5445 * Removes the specified hierarchy bounds listener so that it no longer
5446 * receives hierarchy bounds events from this component. This method
5447 * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5448 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5449 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5450 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5451 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5452 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5453 *
5454 * @param l the hierarchy bounds listener
5455 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5456 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5457 * @see #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5458 * @see #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5459 * @since 1.3
5460 */
5461 public void removeHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5462 if (l == null) {
5463 return;
5464 }
5465 boolean notifyAncestors;
5466 synchronized (this) {
5467 notifyAncestors =
5468 (hierarchyBoundsListener != null &&
5469 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5470 hierarchyBoundsListener =
5471 AWTEventMulticaster.remove(hierarchyBoundsListener, l);
5472 notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors &&
5473 hierarchyBoundsListener == null);
5474 }
5475 if (notifyAncestors) {
5476 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5477 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(
5478 AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK, -1);
5479 }
5480 }
5481 }
5482
5483 // Should only be called while holding the tree lock
5484 int numListening(long mask) {
5485 // One mask or the other, but not neither or both.
5486 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
5487 if ((mask != AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) &&
5488 (mask != AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK))
5489 {
5490 eventLog.fine("Assertion failed");
5491 }
5492 }
5493 if ((mask == AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK &&
5494 (hierarchyListener != null ||
5495 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0)) ||
5496 (mask == AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK &&
5497 (hierarchyBoundsListener != null ||
5498 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0))) {
5499 return 1;
5500 } else {
5501 return 0;
5502 }
5503 }
5504
5505 // Should only be called while holding tree lock
5506 int countHierarchyMembers() {
5507 return 1;
5508 }
5509 // Should only be called while holding the tree lock
5510 int createHierarchyEvents(int id, Component changed,
5511 Container changedParent, long changeFlags,
5512 boolean enabledOnToolkit) {
5513 switch (id) {
5514 case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
5515 if (hierarchyListener != null ||
5516 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5517 enabledOnToolkit) {
5518 HierarchyEvent e = new HierarchyEvent(this, id, changed,
5519 changedParent,
5520 changeFlags);
5521 dispatchEvent(e);
5522 return 1;
5523 }
5524 break;
5525 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
5526 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
5527 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
5528 if (changeFlags != 0) {
5529 eventLog.fine("Assertion (changeFlags == 0) failed");
5530 }
5531 }
5532 if (hierarchyBoundsListener != null ||
5533 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
5534 enabledOnToolkit) {
5535 HierarchyEvent e = new HierarchyEvent(this, id, changed,
5536 changedParent);
5537 dispatchEvent(e);
5538 return 1;
5539 }
5540 break;
5541 default:
5542 // assert false
5543 if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
5544 eventLog.fine("This code must never be reached");
5545 }
5546 break;
5547 }
5548 return 0;
5549 }
5550
5551 /**
5552 * Returns an array of all the hierarchy bounds listeners
5553 * registered on this component.
5554 *
5555 * @return all of this component's <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code>s
5556 * or an empty array if no hierarchy bounds
5557 * listeners are currently registered
5558 *
5559 * @see #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5560 * @see #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5561 * @since 1.4
5562 */
5563 public synchronized HierarchyBoundsListener[] getHierarchyBoundsListeners() {
5564 return (HierarchyBoundsListener[])
5565 (getListeners(HierarchyBoundsListener.class));
5566 }
5567
5568 /*
5569 * Should only be called while holding the tree lock.
5570 * It's added only for overriding in java.awt.Window
5571 * because parent in Window is owner.
5572 */
5573 void adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(long mask, int num) {
5574 if (parent != null) {
5575 parent.adjustListeningChildren(mask, num);
5576 }
5577 }
5578
5579 /**
5580 * Adds the specified key listener to receive key events from
5581 * this component.
5582 * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5583 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5584 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5585 *
5586 * @param l the key listener.
5587 * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
5588 * @see java.awt.event.KeyListener
5589 * @see #removeKeyListener
5590 * @see #getKeyListeners
5591 * @since JDK1.1
5592 */
5593 public synchronized void addKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5594 if (l == null) {
5595 return;
5596 }
5597 keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(keyListener, l);
5598 newEventsOnly = true;
5599
5600 // if this is a lightweight component, enable key events
5601 // in the native container.
5602 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5603 parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK);
5604 }
5605 }
5606
5607 /**
5608 * Removes the specified key listener so that it no longer
5609 * receives key events from this component. This method performs
5610 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5611 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5612 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5613 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5614 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5615 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5616 *
5617 * @param l the key listener
5618 * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
5619 * @see java.awt.event.KeyListener
5620 * @see #addKeyListener
5621 * @see #getKeyListeners
5622 * @since JDK1.1
5623 */
5624 public synchronized void removeKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5625 if (l == null) {
5626 return;
5627 }
5628 keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(keyListener, l);
5629 }
5630
5631 /**
5632 * Returns an array of all the key listeners
5633 * registered on this component.
5634 *
5635 * @return all of this component's <code>KeyListener</code>s
5636 * or an empty array if no key
5637 * listeners are currently registered
5638 *
5639 * @see #addKeyListener
5640 * @see #removeKeyListener
5641 * @since 1.4
5642 */
5643 public synchronized KeyListener[] getKeyListeners() {
5644 return (KeyListener[]) (getListeners(KeyListener.class));
5645 }
5646
5647 /**
5648 * Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse events from
5649 * this component.
5650 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5651 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5652 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5653 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5654 *
5655 * @param l the mouse listener
5656 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5657 * @see java.awt.event.MouseListener
5658 * @see #removeMouseListener
5659 * @see #getMouseListeners
5660 * @since JDK1.1
5661 */
5662 public synchronized void addMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5663 if (l == null) {
5664 return;
5665 }
5666 mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseListener,l);
5667 newEventsOnly = true;
5668
5669 // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5670 // in the native container.
5671 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5672 parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK);
5673 }
5674 }
5675
5676 /**
5677 * Removes the specified mouse listener so that it no longer
5678 * receives mouse events from this component. This method performs
5679 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5680 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5681 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5682 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5683 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5684 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5685 *
5686 * @param l the mouse listener
5687 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5688 * @see java.awt.event.MouseListener
5689 * @see #addMouseListener
5690 * @see #getMouseListeners
5691 * @since JDK1.1
5692 */
5693 public synchronized void removeMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5694 if (l == null) {
5695 return;
5696 }
5697 mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseListener, l);
5698 }
5699
5700 /**
5701 * Returns an array of all the mouse listeners
5702 * registered on this component.
5703 *
5704 * @return all of this component's <code>MouseListener</code>s
5705 * or an empty array if no mouse
5706 * listeners are currently registered
5707 *
5708 * @see #addMouseListener
5709 * @see #removeMouseListener
5710 * @since 1.4
5711 */
5712 public synchronized MouseListener[] getMouseListeners() {
5713 return (MouseListener[]) (getListeners(MouseListener.class));
5714 }
5715
5716 /**
5717 * Adds the specified mouse motion listener to receive mouse motion
5718 * events from this component.
5719 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5720 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5721 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5722 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5723 *
5724 * @param l the mouse motion listener
5725 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5726 * @see java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5727 * @see #removeMouseMotionListener
5728 * @see #getMouseMotionListeners
5729 * @since JDK1.1
5730 */
5731 public synchronized void addMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5732 if (l == null) {
5733 return;
5734 }
5735 mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseMotionListener,l);
5736 newEventsOnly = true;
5737
5738 // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5739 // in the native container.
5740 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5741 parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK);
5742 }
5743 }
5744
5745 /**
5746 * Removes the specified mouse motion listener so that it no longer
5747 * receives mouse motion events from this component. This method performs
5748 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5749 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5750 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5751 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5752 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5753 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5754 *
5755 * @param l the mouse motion listener
5756 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5757 * @see java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5758 * @see #addMouseMotionListener
5759 * @see #getMouseMotionListeners
5760 * @since JDK1.1
5761 */
5762 public synchronized void removeMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5763 if (l == null) {
5764 return;
5765 }
5766 mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseMotionListener, l);
5767 }
5768
5769 /**
5770 * Returns an array of all the mouse motion listeners
5771 * registered on this component.
5772 *
5773 * @return all of this component's <code>MouseMotionListener</code>s
5774 * or an empty array if no mouse motion
5775 * listeners are currently registered
5776 *
5777 * @see #addMouseMotionListener
5778 * @see #removeMouseMotionListener
5779 * @since 1.4
5780 */
5781 public synchronized MouseMotionListener[] getMouseMotionListeners() {
5782 return (MouseMotionListener[]) (getListeners(MouseMotionListener.class));
5783 }
5784
5785 /**
5786 * Adds the specified mouse wheel listener to receive mouse wheel events
5787 * from this component. Containers also receive mouse wheel events from
5788 * sub-components.
5789 * <p>
5790 * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
5791 * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
5792 * <p>
5793 * If l is <code>null</code>, no exception is thrown and no
5794 * action is performed.
5795 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5796 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5797 *
5798 * @param l the mouse wheel listener
5799 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5800 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5801 * @see #removeMouseWheelListener
5802 * @see #getMouseWheelListeners
5803 * @since 1.4
5804 */
5805 public synchronized void addMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5806 if (l == null) {
5807 return;
5808 }
5809 mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseWheelListener,l);
5810 newEventsOnly = true;
5811
5812 // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5813 // in the native container.
5814 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5815 parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT_MASK);
5816 }
5817 }
5818
5819 /**
5820 * Removes the specified mouse wheel listener so that it no longer
5821 * receives mouse wheel events from this component. This method performs
5822 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5823 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5824 * If l is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5825 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5826 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5827 *
5828 * @param l the mouse wheel listener.
5829 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5830 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5831 * @see #addMouseWheelListener
5832 * @see #getMouseWheelListeners
5833 * @since 1.4
5834 */
5835 public synchronized void removeMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5836 if (l == null) {
5837 return;
5838 }
5839 mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseWheelListener, l);
5840 }
5841
5842 /**
5843 * Returns an array of all the mouse wheel listeners
5844 * registered on this component.
5845 *
5846 * @return all of this component's <code>MouseWheelListener</code>s
5847 * or an empty array if no mouse wheel
5848 * listeners are currently registered
5849 *
5850 * @see #addMouseWheelListener
5851 * @see #removeMouseWheelListener
5852 * @since 1.4
5853 */
5854 public synchronized MouseWheelListener[] getMouseWheelListeners() {
5855 return (MouseWheelListener[]) (getListeners(MouseWheelListener.class));
5856 }
5857
5858 /**
5859 * Adds the specified input method listener to receive
5860 * input method events from this component. A component will
5861 * only receive input method events from input methods
5862 * if it also overrides <code>getInputMethodRequests</code> to return an
5863 * <code>InputMethodRequests</code> instance.
5864 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5865 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5866 * <p>Refer to <a href="{@docRoot}/java/awt/doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5867 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5868 *
5869 * @param l the input method listener
5870 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5871 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5872 * @see #removeInputMethodListener
5873 * @see #getInputMethodListeners
5874 * @see #getInputMethodRequests
5875 * @since 1.2
5876 */
5877 public synchronized void addInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
5878 if (l == null) {
5879 return;
5880 }
5881 inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(inputMethodListener, l);
5882 newEventsOnly = true;
5883 }
5884
5885 /**
5886 * Removes the specified input method listener so that it no longer
5887 * receives input method events from this component. This method performs
5888 * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5889 * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5890 * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5891 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5892 * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5893 * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5894 *
5895 * @param l the input method listener
5896 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5897 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5898 * @see #addInputMethodListener
5899 * @see #getInputMethodListeners
5900 * @since 1.2
5901 */
5902 public synchronized void removeInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
5903 if (l == null) {
5904 return;
5905 }
5906 inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(inputMethodListener, l);
5907 }
5908
5909 /**
5910 * Returns an array of all the input method listeners
5911 * registered on this component.
5912 *
5913 * @return all of this component's <code>InputMethodListener</code>s
5914 * or an empty array if no input method
5915 * listeners are currently registered
5916 *
5917 * @see #addInputMethodListener
5918 * @see #removeInputMethodListener
5919 * @since 1.4
5920 */
5921 public synchronized InputMethodListener[] getInputMethodListeners() {
5922 return (InputMethodListener[]) (getListeners(InputMethodListener.class));
5923 }
5924
5925 /**
5926 * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
5927 * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
5928 * upon this <code>Component</code>.
5929 * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
5930 * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
5931 *
5932 * <p>
5933 * You can specify the <code>listenerType</code> argument
5934 * with a class literal, such as
5935 * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
5936 * For example, you can query a
5937 * <code>Component</code> <code>c</code>
5938 * for its mouse listeners with the following code:
5939 *
5940 * <pre>MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));</pre>
5941 *
5942 * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
5943 *
5944 * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
5945 * should specify an interface that descends from
5946 * <code>java.util.EventListener</code>
5947 * @return an array of all objects registered as
5948 * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this component,
5949 * or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
5950 * @exception ClassCastException if <code>listenerType</code>
5951 * doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
5952 * <code>java.util.EventListener</code>
5953 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code listenerType} is {@code null}
5954 * @see #getComponentListeners
5955 * @see #getFocusListeners
5956 * @see #getHierarchyListeners
5957 * @see #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5958 * @see #getKeyListeners
5959 * @see #getMouseListeners
5960 * @see #getMouseMotionListeners
5961 * @see #getMouseWheelListeners
5962 * @see #getInputMethodListeners
5963 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
5964 *
5965 * @since 1.3
5966 */
5967 public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
5968 EventListener l = null;
5969 if (listenerType == ComponentListener.class) {
5970 l = componentListener;
5971 } else if (listenerType == FocusListener.class) {
5972 l = focusListener;
5973 } else if (listenerType == HierarchyListener.class) {
5974 l = hierarchyListener;
5975 } else if (listenerType == HierarchyBoundsListener.class) {
5976 l = hierarchyBoundsListener;
5977 } else if (listenerType == KeyListener.class) {
5978 l = keyListener;
5979 } else if (listenerType == MouseListener.class) {
5980 l = mouseListener;
5981 } else if (listenerType == MouseMotionListener.class) {
5982 l = mouseMotionListener;
5983 } else if (listenerType == MouseWheelListener.class) {
5984 l = mouseWheelListener;
5985 } else if (listenerType == InputMethodListener.class) {
5986 l = inputMethodListener;
5987 } else if (listenerType == PropertyChangeListener.class) {
5988 return (T[])getPropertyChangeListeners();
5989 }
5990 return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
5991 }
5992
5993 /**
5994 * Gets the input method request handler which supports
5995 * requests from input methods for this component. A component
5996 * that supports on-the-spot text input must override this
5997 * method to return an <code>InputMethodRequests</code> instance.
5998 * At the same time, it also has to handle input method events.
5999 *
6000 * @return the input method request handler for this component,
6001 * <code>null</code> by default
6002 * @see #addInputMethodListener
6003 * @since 1.2
6004 */
6005 public InputMethodRequests getInputMethodRequests() {
6006 return null;
6007 }
6008
6009 /**
6010 * Gets the input context used by this component for handling
6011 * the communication with input methods when text is entered
6012 * in this component. By default, the input context used for
6013 * the parent component is returned. Components may
6014 * override this to return a private input context.
6015 *
6016 * @return the input context used by this component;
6017 * <code>null</code> if no context can be determined
6018 * @since 1.2
6019 */
6020 public InputContext getInputContext() {
6021 Container parent = this.parent;
6022 if (parent == null) {
6023 return null;
6024 } else {
6025 return parent.getInputContext();
6026 }
6027 }
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Enables the events defined by the specified event mask parameter
6031 * to be delivered to this component.
6032 * <p>
6033 * Event types are automatically enabled when a listener for
6034 * that event type is added to the component.
6035 * <p>
6036 * This method only needs to be invoked by subclasses of
6037 * <code>Component</code> which desire to have the specified event
6038 * types delivered to <code>processEvent</code> regardless of whether
6039 * or not a listener is registered.
6040 * @param eventsToEnable the event mask defining the event types
6041 * @see #processEvent
6042 * @see #disableEvents
6043 * @see AWTEvent
6044 * @since JDK1.1
6045 */
6046 protected final void enableEvents(long eventsToEnable) {
6047 long notifyAncestors = 0;
6048 synchronized (this) {
6049 if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6050 hierarchyListener == null &&
6051 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6052 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK;
6053 }
6054 if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6055 hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
6056 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6057 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK;
6058 }
6059 eventMask |= eventsToEnable;
6060 newEventsOnly = true;
6061 }
6062
6063 // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
6064 // in the native container.
6065 if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
6066 parent.proxyEnableEvents(eventMask);
6067 }
6068 if (notifyAncestors != 0) {
6069 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6070 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(notifyAncestors, 1);
6071 }
6072 }
6073 }
6074
6075 /**
6076 * Disables the events defined by the specified event mask parameter
6077 * from being delivered to this component.
6078 * @param eventsToDisable the event mask defining the event types
6079 * @see #enableEvents
6080 * @since JDK1.1
6081 */
6082 protected final void disableEvents(long eventsToDisable) {
6083 long notifyAncestors = 0;
6084 synchronized (this) {
6085 if ((eventsToDisable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6086 hierarchyListener == null &&
6087 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
6088 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK;
6089 }
6090 if ((eventsToDisable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK)!=0 &&
6091 hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
6092 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
6093 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK;
6094 }
6095 eventMask &= ~eventsToDisable;
6096 }
6097 if (notifyAncestors != 0) {
6098 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6099 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(notifyAncestors, -1);
6100 }
6101 }
6102 }
6103
6104 transient sun.awt.EventQueueItem[] eventCache;
6105
6106 /**
6107 * @see #isCoalescingEnabled
6108 * @see #checkCoalescing
6109 */
6110 transient private boolean coalescingEnabled = checkCoalescing();
6111
6112 /**
6113 * Weak map of known coalesceEvent overriders.
6114 * Value indicates whether overriden.
6115 * Bootstrap classes are not included.
6116 */
6117 private static final Map<Class<?>, Boolean> coalesceMap =
6118 new java.util.WeakHashMap<Class<?>, Boolean>();
6119
6120 /**
6121 * Indicates whether this class overrides coalesceEvents.
6122 * It is assumed that all classes that are loaded from the bootstrap
6123 * do not.
6124 * The boostrap class loader is assumed to be represented by null.
6125 * We do not check that the method really overrides
6126 * (it might be static, private or package private).
6127 */
6128 private boolean checkCoalescing() {
6129 if (getClass().getClassLoader()==null) {
6130 return false;
6131 }
6132 final Class<? extends Component> clazz = getClass();
6133 synchronized (coalesceMap) {
6134 // Check cache.
6135 Boolean value = coalesceMap.get(clazz);
6136 if (value != null) {
6137 return value;
6138 }
6139
6140 // Need to check non-bootstraps.
6141 Boolean enabled = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
6142 new java.security.PrivilegedAction<Boolean>() {
6143 public Boolean run() {
6144 return isCoalesceEventsOverriden(clazz);
6145 }
6146 }
6147 );
6148 coalesceMap.put(clazz, enabled);
6149 return enabled;
6150 }
6151 }
6152
6153 /**
6154 * Parameter types of coalesceEvents(AWTEvent,AWTEVent).
6155 */
6156 private static final Class[] coalesceEventsParams = {
6157 AWTEvent.class, AWTEvent.class
6158 };
6159
6160 /**
6161 * Indicates whether a class or its superclasses override coalesceEvents.
6162 * Must be called with lock on coalesceMap and privileged.
6163 * @see checkCoalsecing
6164 */
6165 private static boolean isCoalesceEventsOverriden(Class<?> clazz) {
6166 assert Thread.holdsLock(coalesceMap);
6167
6168 // First check superclass - we may not need to bother ourselves.
6169 Class<?> superclass = clazz.getSuperclass();
6170 if (superclass == null) {
6171 // Only occurs on implementations that
6172 // do not use null to represent the bootsrap class loader.
6173 return false;
6174 }
6175 if (superclass.getClassLoader() != null) {
6176 Boolean value = coalesceMap.get(superclass);
6177 if (value == null) {
6178 // Not done already - recurse.
6179 if (isCoalesceEventsOverriden(superclass)) {
6180 coalesceMap.put(superclass, true);
6181 return true;
6182 }
6183 } else if (value) {
6184 return true;
6185 }
6186 }
6187
6188 try {
6189 // Throws if not overriden.
6190 clazz.getDeclaredMethod(
6191 "coalesceEvents", coalesceEventsParams
6192 );
6193 return true;
6194 } catch (NoSuchMethodException e) {
6195 // Not present in this class.
6196 return false;
6197 }
6198 }
6199
6200 /**
6201 * Indicates whether coalesceEvents may do something.
6202 */
6203 final boolean isCoalescingEnabled() {
6204 return coalescingEnabled;
6205 }
6206
6207
6208 /**
6209 * Potentially coalesce an event being posted with an existing
6210 * event. This method is called by <code>EventQueue.postEvent</code>
6211 * if an event with the same ID as the event to be posted is found in
6212 * the queue (both events must have this component as their source).
6213 * This method either returns a coalesced event which replaces
6214 * the existing event (and the new event is then discarded), or
6215 * <code>null</code> to indicate that no combining should be done
6216 * (add the second event to the end of the queue). Either event
6217 * parameter may be modified and returned, as the other one is discarded
6218 * unless <code>null</code> is returned.
6219 * <p>
6220 * This implementation of <code>coalesceEvents</code> coalesces
6221 * two event types: mouse move (and drag) events,
6222 * and paint (and update) events.
6223 * For mouse move events the last event is always returned, causing
6224 * intermediate moves to be discarded. For paint events, the new
6225 * event is coalesced into a complex <code>RepaintArea</code> in the peer.
6226 * The new <code>AWTEvent</code> is always returned.
6227 *
6228 * @param existingEvent the event already on the <code>EventQueue</code>
6229 * @param newEvent the event being posted to the
6230 * <code>EventQueue</code>
6231 * @return a coalesced event, or <code>null</code> indicating that no
6232 * coalescing was done
6233 */
6234 protected AWTEvent coalesceEvents(AWTEvent existingEvent,
6235 AWTEvent newEvent) {
6236 return null;
6237 }
6238
6239 /**
6240 * Processes events occurring on this component. By default this
6241 * method calls the appropriate
6242 * <code>process<event type>Event</code>
6243 * method for the given class of event.
6244 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6245 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6246 * exception.
6247 *
6248 * @param e the event
6249 * @see #processComponentEvent
6250 * @see #processFocusEvent
6251 * @see #processKeyEvent
6252 * @see #processMouseEvent
6253 * @see #processMouseMotionEvent
6254 * @see #processInputMethodEvent
6255 * @see #processHierarchyEvent
6256 * @see #processMouseWheelEvent
6257 * @since JDK1.1
6258 */
6259 protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
6260 if (e instanceof FocusEvent) {
6261 processFocusEvent((FocusEvent)e);
6262
6263 } else if (e instanceof MouseEvent) {
6264 switch(e.getID()) {
6265 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
6266 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
6267 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED:
6268 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
6269 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
6270 processMouseEvent((MouseEvent)e);
6271 break;
6272 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
6273 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
6274 processMouseMotionEvent((MouseEvent)e);
6275 break;
6276 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
6277 processMouseWheelEvent((MouseWheelEvent)e);
6278 break;
6279 }
6280
6281 } else if (e instanceof KeyEvent) {
6282 processKeyEvent((KeyEvent)e);
6283
6284 } else if (e instanceof ComponentEvent) {
6285 processComponentEvent((ComponentEvent)e);
6286 } else if (e instanceof InputMethodEvent) {
6287 processInputMethodEvent((InputMethodEvent)e);
6288 } else if (e instanceof HierarchyEvent) {
6289 switch (e.getID()) {
6290 case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6291 processHierarchyEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6292 break;
6293 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6294 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6295 processHierarchyBoundsEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6296 break;
6297 }
6298 }
6299 }
6300
6301 /**
6302 * Processes component events occurring on this component by
6303 * dispatching them to any registered
6304 * <code>ComponentListener</code> objects.
6305 * <p>
6306 * This method is not called unless component events are
6307 * enabled for this component. Component events are enabled
6308 * when one of the following occurs:
6309 * <p><ul>
6310 * <li>A <code>ComponentListener</code> object is registered
6311 * via <code>addComponentListener</code>.
6312 * <li>Component events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6313 * </ul>
6314 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6315 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6316 * exception.
6317 *
6318 * @param e the component event
6319 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
6320 * @see java.awt.event.ComponentListener
6321 * @see #addComponentListener
6322 * @see #enableEvents
6323 * @since JDK1.1
6324 */
6325 protected void processComponentEvent(ComponentEvent e) {
6326 ComponentListener listener = componentListener;
6327 if (listener != null) {
6328 int id = e.getID();
6329 switch(id) {
6330 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_RESIZED:
6331 listener.componentResized(e);
6332 break;
6333 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED:
6334 listener.componentMoved(e);
6335 break;
6336 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN:
6337 listener.componentShown(e);
6338 break;
6339 case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_HIDDEN:
6340 listener.componentHidden(e);
6341 break;
6342 }
6343 }
6344 }
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Processes focus events occurring on this component by
6348 * dispatching them to any registered
6349 * <code>FocusListener</code> objects.
6350 * <p>
6351 * This method is not called unless focus events are
6352 * enabled for this component. Focus events are enabled
6353 * when one of the following occurs:
6354 * <p><ul>
6355 * <li>A <code>FocusListener</code> object is registered
6356 * via <code>addFocusListener</code>.
6357 * <li>Focus events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6358 * </ul>
6359 * <p>
6360 * If focus events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>,
6361 * the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> determines
6362 * whether or not a focus event should be dispatched to
6363 * registered <code>FocusListener</code> objects. If the
6364 * events are to be dispatched, the <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code>
6365 * calls the <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code>
6366 * method, which results in a call to the <code>Component</code>'s
6367 * <code>processFocusEvent</code> method.
6368 * <p>
6369 * If focus events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>, calling
6370 * the <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code> method
6371 * with a <code>FocusEvent</code> as the argument will result in a
6372 * call to the <code>Component</code>'s <code>processFocusEvent</code>
6373 * method regardless of the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code>.
6374 * <p>
6375 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6376 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6377 * exception.
6378 *
6379 * @param e the focus event
6380 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
6381 * @see java.awt.event.FocusListener
6382 * @see java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6383 * @see #addFocusListener
6384 * @see #enableEvents
6385 * @see #dispatchEvent
6386 * @since JDK1.1
6387 */
6388 protected void processFocusEvent(FocusEvent e) {
6389 FocusListener listener = focusListener;
6390 if (listener != null) {
6391 int id = e.getID();
6392 switch(id) {
6393 case FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED:
6394 listener.focusGained(e);
6395 break;
6396 case FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST:
6397 listener.focusLost(e);
6398 break;
6399 }
6400 }
6401 }
6402
6403 /**
6404 * Processes key events occurring on this component by
6405 * dispatching them to any registered
6406 * <code>KeyListener</code> objects.
6407 * <p>
6408 * This method is not called unless key events are
6409 * enabled for this component. Key events are enabled
6410 * when one of the following occurs:
6411 * <p><ul>
6412 * <li>A <code>KeyListener</code> object is registered
6413 * via <code>addKeyListener</code>.
6414 * <li>Key events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6415 * </ul>
6416 *
6417 * <p>
6418 * If key events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>,
6419 * the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> determines
6420 * whether or not a key event should be dispatched to
6421 * registered <code>KeyListener</code> objects. The
6422 * <code>DefaultKeyboardFocusManager</code> will not dispatch
6423 * key events to a <code>Component</code> that is not the focus
6424 * owner or is not showing.
6425 * <p>
6426 * As of J2SE 1.4, <code>KeyEvent</code>s are redirected to
6427 * the focus owner. Please see the
6428 * <a href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
6429 * for further information.
6430 * <p>
6431 * Calling a <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code>
6432 * method with a <code>KeyEvent</code> as the argument will
6433 * result in a call to the <code>Component</code>'s
6434 * <code>processKeyEvent</code> method regardless of the
6435 * current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> as long as the
6436 * component is showing, focused, and enabled, and key events
6437 * are enabled on it.
6438 * <p>If the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6439 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6440 * exception.
6441 *
6442 * @param e the key event
6443 * @see java.awt.event.KeyEvent
6444 * @see java.awt.event.KeyListener
6445 * @see java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6446 * @see java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
6447 * @see #processEvent
6448 * @see #dispatchEvent
6449 * @see #addKeyListener
6450 * @see #enableEvents
6451 * @see #isShowing
6452 * @since JDK1.1
6453 */
6454 protected void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
6455 KeyListener listener = keyListener;
6456 if (listener != null) {
6457 int id = e.getID();
6458 switch(id) {
6459 case KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED:
6460 listener.keyTyped(e);
6461 break;
6462 case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
6463 listener.keyPressed(e);
6464 break;
6465 case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
6466 listener.keyReleased(e);
6467 break;
6468 }
6469 }
6470 }
6471
6472 /**
6473 * Processes mouse events occurring on this component by
6474 * dispatching them to any registered
6475 * <code>MouseListener</code> objects.
6476 * <p>
6477 * This method is not called unless mouse events are
6478 * enabled for this component. Mouse events are enabled
6479 * when one of the following occurs:
6480 * <p><ul>
6481 * <li>A <code>MouseListener</code> object is registered
6482 * via <code>addMouseListener</code>.
6483 * <li>Mouse events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6484 * </ul>
6485 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6486 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6487 * exception.
6488 *
6489 * @param e the mouse event
6490 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6491 * @see java.awt.event.MouseListener
6492 * @see #addMouseListener
6493 * @see #enableEvents
6494 * @since JDK1.1
6495 */
6496 protected void processMouseEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6497 MouseListener listener = mouseListener;
6498 if (listener != null) {
6499 int id = e.getID();
6500 switch(id) {
6501 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
6502 listener.mousePressed(e);
6503 break;
6504 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
6505 listener.mouseReleased(e);
6506 break;
6507 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED:
6508 listener.mouseClicked(e);
6509 break;
6510 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
6511 listener.mouseExited(e);
6512 break;
6513 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
6514 listener.mouseEntered(e);
6515 break;
6516 }
6517 }
6518 }
6519
6520 /**
6521 * Processes mouse motion events occurring on this component by
6522 * dispatching them to any registered
6523 * <code>MouseMotionListener</code> objects.
6524 * <p>
6525 * This method is not called unless mouse motion events are
6526 * enabled for this component. Mouse motion events are enabled
6527 * when one of the following occurs:
6528 * <p><ul>
6529 * <li>A <code>MouseMotionListener</code> object is registered
6530 * via <code>addMouseMotionListener</code>.
6531 * <li>Mouse motion events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6532 * </ul>
6533 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6534 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6535 * exception.
6536 *
6537 * @param e the mouse motion event
6538 * @see java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6539 * @see java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
6540 * @see #addMouseMotionListener
6541 * @see #enableEvents
6542 * @since JDK1.1
6543 */
6544 protected void processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6545 MouseMotionListener listener = mouseMotionListener;
6546 if (listener != null) {
6547 int id = e.getID();
6548 switch(id) {
6549 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
6550 listener.mouseMoved(e);
6551 break;
6552 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
6553 listener.mouseDragged(e);
6554 break;
6555 }
6556 }
6557 }
6558
6559 /**
6560 * Processes mouse wheel events occurring on this component by
6561 * dispatching them to any registered
6562 * <code>MouseWheelListener</code> objects.
6563 * <p>
6564 * This method is not called unless mouse wheel events are
6565 * enabled for this component. Mouse wheel events are enabled
6566 * when one of the following occurs:
6567 * <p><ul>
6568 * <li>A <code>MouseWheelListener</code> object is registered
6569 * via <code>addMouseWheelListener</code>.
6570 * <li>Mouse wheel events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6571 * </ul>
6572 * <p>
6573 * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
6574 * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
6575 * <p>
6576 * Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6577 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6578 * exception.
6579 *
6580 * @param e the mouse wheel event
6581 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
6582 * @see java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
6583 * @see #addMouseWheelListener
6584 * @see #enableEvents
6585 * @since 1.4
6586 */
6587 protected void processMouseWheelEvent(MouseWheelEvent e) {
6588 MouseWheelListener listener = mouseWheelListener;
6589 if (listener != null) {
6590 int id = e.getID();
6591 switch(id) {
6592 case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
6593 listener.mouseWheelMoved(e);
6594 break;
6595 }
6596 }
6597 }
6598
6599 boolean postsOldMouseEvents() {
6600 return false;
6601 }
6602
6603 /**
6604 * Processes input method events occurring on this component by
6605 * dispatching them to any registered
6606 * <code>InputMethodListener</code> objects.
6607 * <p>
6608 * This method is not called unless input method events
6609 * are enabled for this component. Input method events are enabled
6610 * when one of the following occurs:
6611 * <p><ul>
6612 * <li>An <code>InputMethodListener</code> object is registered
6613 * via <code>addInputMethodListener</code>.
6614 * <li>Input method events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6615 * </ul>
6616 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6617 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6618 * exception.
6619 *
6620 * @param e the input method event
6621 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
6622 * @see java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
6623 * @see #addInputMethodListener
6624 * @see #enableEvents
6625 * @since 1.2
6626 */
6627 protected void processInputMethodEvent(InputMethodEvent e) {
6628 InputMethodListener listener = inputMethodListener;
6629 if (listener != null) {
6630 int id = e.getID();
6631 switch (id) {
6632 case InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED:
6633 listener.inputMethodTextChanged(e);
6634 break;
6635 case InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED:
6636 listener.caretPositionChanged(e);
6637 break;
6638 }
6639 }
6640 }
6641
6642 /**
6643 * Processes hierarchy events occurring on this component by
6644 * dispatching them to any registered
6645 * <code>HierarchyListener</code> objects.
6646 * <p>
6647 * This method is not called unless hierarchy events
6648 * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy events are enabled
6649 * when one of the following occurs:
6650 * <p><ul>
6651 * <li>An <code>HierarchyListener</code> object is registered
6652 * via <code>addHierarchyListener</code>.
6653 * <li>Hierarchy events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6654 * </ul>
6655 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6656 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6657 * exception.
6658 *
6659 * @param e the hierarchy event
6660 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6661 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
6662 * @see #addHierarchyListener
6663 * @see #enableEvents
6664 * @since 1.3
6665 */
6666 protected void processHierarchyEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6667 HierarchyListener listener = hierarchyListener;
6668 if (listener != null) {
6669 int id = e.getID();
6670 switch (id) {
6671 case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6672 listener.hierarchyChanged(e);
6673 break;
6674 }
6675 }
6676 }
6677
6678 /**
6679 * Processes hierarchy bounds events occurring on this component by
6680 * dispatching them to any registered
6681 * <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> objects.
6682 * <p>
6683 * This method is not called unless hierarchy bounds events
6684 * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy bounds events are enabled
6685 * when one of the following occurs:
6686 * <p><ul>
6687 * <li>An <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> object is registered
6688 * via <code>addHierarchyBoundsListener</code>.
6689 * <li>Hierarchy bounds events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6690 * </ul>
6691 * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6692 * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6693 * exception.
6694 *
6695 * @param e the hierarchy event
6696 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6697 * @see java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
6698 * @see #addHierarchyBoundsListener
6699 * @see #enableEvents
6700 * @since 1.3
6701 */
6702 protected void processHierarchyBoundsEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6703 HierarchyBoundsListener listener = hierarchyBoundsListener;
6704 if (listener != null) {
6705 int id = e.getID();
6706 switch (id) {
6707 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6708 listener.ancestorMoved(e);
6709 break;
6710 case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6711 listener.ancestorResized(e);
6712 break;
6713 }
6714 }
6715 }
6716
6717 /**
6718 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1
6719 * replaced by processEvent(AWTEvent).
6720 */
6721 @Deprecated
6722 public boolean handleEvent(Event evt) {
6723 switch (evt.id) {
6724 case Event.MOUSE_ENTER:
6725 return mouseEnter(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6726
6727 case Event.MOUSE_EXIT:
6728 return mouseExit(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6729
6730 case Event.MOUSE_MOVE:
6731 return mouseMove(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6732
6733 case Event.MOUSE_DOWN:
6734 return mouseDown(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6735
6736 case Event.MOUSE_DRAG:
6737 return mouseDrag(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6738
6739 case Event.MOUSE_UP:
6740 return mouseUp(evt, evt.x, evt.y);
6741
6742 case Event.KEY_PRESS:
6743 case Event.KEY_ACTION:
6744 return keyDown(evt, evt.key);
6745
6746 case Event.KEY_RELEASE:
6747 case Event.KEY_ACTION_RELEASE:
6748 return keyUp(evt, evt.key);
6749
6750 case Event.ACTION_EVENT:
6751 return action(evt, evt.arg);
6752 case Event.GOT_FOCUS:
6753 return gotFocus(evt, evt.arg);
6754 case Event.LOST_FOCUS:
6755 return lostFocus(evt, evt.arg);
6756 }
6757 return false;
6758 }
6759
6760 /**
6761 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6762 * replaced by processMouseEvent(MouseEvent).
6763 */
6764 @Deprecated
6765 public boolean mouseDown(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6766 return false;
6767 }
6768
6769 /**
6770 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6771 * replaced by processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent).
6772 */
6773 @Deprecated
6774 public boolean mouseDrag(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6775 return false;
6776 }
6777
6778 /**
6779 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6780 * replaced by processMouseEvent(MouseEvent).
6781 */
6782 @Deprecated
6783 public boolean mouseUp(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6784 return false;
6785 }
6786
6787 /**
6788 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6789 * replaced by processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent).
6790 */
6791 @Deprecated
6792 public boolean mouseMove(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6793 return false;
6794 }
6795
6796 /**
6797 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6798 * replaced by processMouseEvent(MouseEvent).
6799 */
6800 @Deprecated
6801 public boolean mouseEnter(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6802 return false;
6803 }
6804
6805 /**
6806 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6807 * replaced by processMouseEvent(MouseEvent).
6808 */
6809 @Deprecated
6810 public boolean mouseExit(Event evt, int x, int y) {
6811 return false;
6812 }
6813
6814 /**
6815 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6816 * replaced by processKeyEvent(KeyEvent).
6817 */
6818 @Deprecated
6819 public boolean keyDown(Event evt, int key) {
6820 return false;
6821 }
6822
6823 /**
6824 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6825 * replaced by processKeyEvent(KeyEvent).
6826 */
6827 @Deprecated
6828 public boolean keyUp(Event evt, int key) {
6829 return false;
6830 }
6831
6832 /**
6833 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6834 * should register this component as ActionListener on component
6835 * which fires action events.
6836 */
6837 @Deprecated
6838 public boolean action(Event evt, Object what) {
6839 return false;
6840 }
6841
6842 /**
6843 * Makes this <code>Component</code> displayable by connecting it to a
6844 * native screen resource.
6845 * This method is called internally by the toolkit and should
6846 * not be called directly by programs.
6847 * <p>
6848 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
6849 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
6850 *
6851 * @see #isDisplayable
6852 * @see #removeNotify
6853 * @see #invalidate
6854 * @since JDK1.0
6855 */
6856 public void addNotify() {
6857 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6858 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
6859 if (peer == null || peer instanceof LightweightPeer){
6860 if (peer == null) {
6861 // Update both the Component's peer variable and the local
6862 // variable we use for thread safety.
6863 this.peer = peer = getToolkit().createComponent(this);
6864 }
6865
6866 // This is a lightweight component which means it won't be
6867 // able to get window-related events by itself. If any
6868 // have been enabled, then the nearest native container must
6869 // be enabled.
6870 if (parent != null) {
6871 long mask = 0;
6872 if ((mouseListener != null) || ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK) != 0)) {
6873 mask |= AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK;
6874 }
6875 if ((mouseMotionListener != null) ||
6876 ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK) != 0)) {
6877 mask |= AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK;
6878 }
6879 if ((mouseWheelListener != null ) ||
6880 ((eventMask & AWTEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT_MASK) != 0)) {
6881 mask |= AWTEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT_MASK;
6882 }
6883 if (focusListener != null || (eventMask & AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
6884 mask |= AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK;
6885 }
6886 if (keyListener != null || (eventMask & AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK) != 0) {
6887 mask |= AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK;
6888 }
6889 if (mask != 0) {
6890 parent.proxyEnableEvents(mask);
6891 }
6892 }
6893 } else {
6894 // It's native. If the parent is lightweight it will need some
6895 // help.
6896 Container parent = getContainer();
6897 if (parent != null && parent.isLightweight()) {
6898 relocateComponent();
6899 if (!parent.isRecursivelyVisibleUpToHeavyweightContainer())
6900 {
6901 peer.setVisible(false);
6902 }
6903 }
6904 }
6905 invalidate();
6906
6907 int npopups = (popups != null? popups.size() : 0);
6908 for (int i = 0 ; i < npopups ; i++) {
6909 PopupMenu popup = (PopupMenu)popups.elementAt(i);
6910 popup.addNotify();
6911 }
6912
6913 if (dropTarget != null) dropTarget.addNotify(peer);
6914
6915 peerFont = getFont();
6916
6917 if (getContainer() != null && !isAddNotifyComplete) {
6918 getContainer().increaseComponentCount(this);
6919 }
6920
6921
6922 // Update stacking order
6923 updateZOrder();
6924
6925 if (!isAddNotifyComplete) {
6926 mixOnShowing();
6927 }
6928
6929 isAddNotifyComplete = true;
6930
6931 if (hierarchyListener != null ||
6932 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
6933 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK)) {
6934 HierarchyEvent e =
6935 new HierarchyEvent(this, HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
6936 this, parent,
6937 HierarchyEvent.DISPLAYABILITY_CHANGED |
6938 ((isRecursivelyVisible())
6939 ? HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED
6940 : 0));
6941 dispatchEvent(e);
6942 }
6943 }
6944 }
6945
6946 /**
6947 * Makes this <code>Component</code> undisplayable by destroying it native
6948 * screen resource.
6949 * <p>
6950 * This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
6951 * not be called directly by programs. Code overriding
6952 * this method should call <code>super.removeNotify</code> as
6953 * the first line of the overriding method.
6954 *
6955 * @see #isDisplayable
6956 * @see #addNotify
6957 * @since JDK1.0
6958 */
6959 public void removeNotify() {
6960 KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
6961 if (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
6962 getPermanentFocusOwner() == this)
6963 {
6964 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
6965 setGlobalPermanentFocusOwner(null);
6966 }
6967
6968 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6969 if (isFocusOwner() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabledFor(this)) {
6970 transferFocus(true);
6971 }
6972
6973 if (getContainer() != null && isAddNotifyComplete) {
6974 getContainer().decreaseComponentCount(this);
6975 }
6976
6977 int npopups = (popups != null? popups.size() : 0);
6978 for (int i = 0 ; i < npopups ; i++) {
6979 PopupMenu popup = (PopupMenu)popups.elementAt(i);
6980 popup.removeNotify();
6981 }
6982 // If there is any input context for this component, notify
6983 // that this component is being removed. (This has to be done
6984 // before hiding peer.)
6985 if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0) {
6986 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
6987 if (inputContext != null) {
6988 inputContext.removeNotify(this);
6989 }
6990 }
6991
6992 ComponentPeer p = peer;
6993 if (p != null) {
6994 boolean isLightweight = isLightweight();
6995
6996 if (bufferStrategy instanceof FlipBufferStrategy) {
6997 ((FlipBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy).destroyBuffers();
6998 }
6999
7000 if (dropTarget != null) dropTarget.removeNotify(peer);
7001
7002 // Hide peer first to stop system events such as cursor moves.
7003 if (visible) {
7004 p.setVisible(false);
7005 }
7006
7007 peer = null; // Stop peer updates.
7008 peerFont = null;
7009
7010 Toolkit.getEventQueue().removeSourceEvents(this, false);
7011 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7012 discardKeyEvents(this);
7013
7014 p.dispose();
7015
7016 mixOnHiding(isLightweight);
7017
7018 isAddNotifyComplete = false;
7019 // Nullifying compoundShape means that the component has normal shape
7020 // (or has no shape at all).
7021 this.compoundShape = null;
7022 }
7023
7024 if (hierarchyListener != null ||
7025 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
7026 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK)) {
7027 HierarchyEvent e =
7028 new HierarchyEvent(this, HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
7029 this, parent,
7030 HierarchyEvent.DISPLAYABILITY_CHANGED |
7031 ((isRecursivelyVisible())
7032 ? HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED
7033 : 0));
7034 dispatchEvent(e);
7035 }
7036 }
7037 }
7038
7039 /**
7040 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
7041 * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7042 */
7043 @Deprecated
7044 public boolean gotFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7045 return false;
7046 }
7047
7048 /**
7049 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
7050 * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7051 */
7052 @Deprecated
7053 public boolean lostFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7054 return false;
7055 }
7056
7057 /**
7058 * Returns whether this <code>Component</code> can become the focus
7059 * owner.
7060 *
7061 * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is
7062 * focusable; <code>false</code> otherwise
7063 * @see #setFocusable
7064 * @since JDK1.1
7065 * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by <code>isFocusable()</code>.
7066 */
7067 @Deprecated
7068 public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
7069 if (isFocusTraversableOverridden == FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN) {
7070 isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_DEFAULT;
7071 }
7072 return focusable;
7073 }
7074
7075 /**
7076 * Returns whether this Component can be focused.
7077 *
7078 * @return <code>true</code> if this Component is focusable;
7079 * <code>false</code> otherwise.
7080 * @see #setFocusable
7081 * @since 1.4
7082 */
7083 public boolean isFocusable() {
7084 return isFocusTraversable();
7085 }
7086
7087 /**
7088 * Sets the focusable state of this Component to the specified value. This
7089 * value overrides the Component's default focusability.
7090 *
7091 * @param focusable indicates whether this Component is focusable
7092 * @see #isFocusable
7093 * @since 1.4
7094 * @beaninfo
7095 * bound: true
7096 */
7097 public void setFocusable(boolean focusable) {
7098 boolean oldFocusable;
7099 synchronized (this) {
7100 oldFocusable = this.focusable;
7101 this.focusable = focusable;
7102 }
7103 isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_SET;
7104
7105 firePropertyChange("focusable", oldFocusable, focusable);
7106 if (oldFocusable && !focusable) {
7107 if (isFocusOwner() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled()) {
7108 transferFocus(true);
7109 }
7110 KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
7111 }
7112 }
7113
7114 final boolean isFocusTraversableOverridden() {
7115 return (isFocusTraversableOverridden != FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_DEFAULT);
7116 }
7117
7118 /**
7119 * Sets the focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation for this
7120 * Component.
7121 * <p>
7122 * The default values for a Component's focus traversal keys are
7123 * implementation-dependent. Sun recommends that all implementations for a
7124 * particular native platform use the same default values. The
7125 * recommendations for Windows and Unix are listed below. These
7126 * recommendations are used in the Sun AWT implementations.
7127 *
7128 * <table border=1 summary="Recommended default values for a Component's focus traversal keys">
7129 * <tr>
7130 * <th>Identifier</th>
7131 * <th>Meaning</th>
7132 * <th>Default</th>
7133 * </tr>
7134 * <tr>
7135 * <td>KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS</td>
7136 * <td>Normal forward keyboard traversal</td>
7137 * <td>TAB on KEY_PRESSED, CTRL-TAB on KEY_PRESSED</td>
7138 * </tr>
7139 * <tr>
7140 * <td>KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS</td>
7141 * <td>Normal reverse keyboard traversal</td>
7142 * <td>SHIFT-TAB on KEY_PRESSED, CTRL-SHIFT-TAB on KEY_PRESSED</td>
7143 * </tr>
7144 * <tr>
7145 * <td>KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS</td>
7146 * <td>Go up one focus traversal cycle</td>
7147 * <td>none</td>
7148 * </tr>
7149 * </table>
7150 *
7151 * To disable a traversal key, use an empty Set; Collections.EMPTY_SET is
7152 * recommended.
7153 * <p>
7154 * Using the AWTKeyStroke API, client code can specify on which of two
7155 * specific KeyEvents, KEY_PRESSED or KEY_RELEASED, the focus traversal
7156 * operation will occur. Regardless of which KeyEvent is specified,
7157 * however, all KeyEvents related to the focus traversal key, including the
7158 * associated KEY_TYPED event, will be consumed, and will not be dispatched
7159 * to any Component. It is a runtime error to specify a KEY_TYPED event as
7160 * mapping to a focus traversal operation, or to map the same event to
7161 * multiple default focus traversal operations.
7162 * <p>
7163 * If a value of null is specified for the Set, this Component inherits the
7164 * Set from its parent. If all ancestors of this Component have null
7165 * specified for the Set, then the current KeyboardFocusManager's default
7166 * Set is used.
7167 *
7168 * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7169 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7170 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7171 * @param keystrokes the Set of AWTKeyStroke for the specified operation
7172 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeys
7173 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7174 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7175 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7176 * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7177 * KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7178 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7179 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or if keystrokes
7180 * contains null, or if any Object in keystrokes is not an
7181 * AWTKeyStroke, or if any keystroke represents a KEY_TYPED event,
7182 * or if any keystroke already maps to another focus traversal
7183 * operation for this Component
7184 * @since 1.4
7185 * @beaninfo
7186 * bound: true
7187 */
7188 public void setFocusTraversalKeys(int id,
7189 Set<? extends AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes)
7190 {
7191 if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7192 throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7193 }
7194
7195 setFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(id, keystrokes);
7196 }
7197
7198 /**
7199 * Returns the Set of focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation
7200 * for this Component. (See
7201 * <code>setFocusTraversalKeys</code> for a full description of each key.)
7202 * <p>
7203 * If a Set of traversal keys has not been explicitly defined for this
7204 * Component, then this Component's parent's Set is returned. If no Set
7205 * has been explicitly defined for any of this Component's ancestors, then
7206 * the current KeyboardFocusManager's default Set is returned.
7207 *
7208 * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7209 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7210 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7211 * @return the Set of AWTKeyStrokes for the specified operation. The Set
7212 * will be unmodifiable, and may be empty. null will never be
7213 * returned.
7214 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
7215 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7216 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7217 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7218 * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7219 * KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7220 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7221 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7222 * @since 1.4
7223 */
7224 public Set<AWTKeyStroke> getFocusTraversalKeys(int id) {
7225 if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7226 throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7227 }
7228
7229 return getFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(id);
7230 }
7231
7232 // We define these methods so that Container does not need to repeat this
7233 // code. Container cannot call super.<method> because Container allows
7234 // DOWN_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEY while Component does not. The Component method
7235 // would erroneously generate an IllegalArgumentException for
7236 // DOWN_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEY.
7237 final void setFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(int id, Set<? extends AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes) {
7238 Set oldKeys;
7239
7240 synchronized (this) {
7241 if (focusTraversalKeys == null) {
7242 initializeFocusTraversalKeys();
7243 }
7244
7245 if (keystrokes != null) {
7246 for (Iterator iter = keystrokes.iterator(); iter.hasNext(); ) {
7247 Object obj = iter.next();
7248
7249 if (obj == null) {
7250 throw new IllegalArgumentException("cannot set null focus traversal key");
7251 }
7252
7253 // Fix for 6195828:
7254 //According to javadoc this method should throw IAE instead of ClassCastException
7255 if (!(obj instanceof AWTKeyStroke)) {
7256 throw new IllegalArgumentException("object is expected to be AWTKeyStroke");
7257 }
7258 AWTKeyStroke keystroke = (AWTKeyStroke)obj;
7259
7260 if (keystroke.getKeyChar() != KeyEvent.CHAR_UNDEFINED) {
7261 throw new IllegalArgumentException("focus traversal keys cannot map to KEY_TYPED events");
7262 }
7263
7264 for (int i = 0; i < focusTraversalKeys.length; i++) {
7265 if (i == id) {
7266 continue;
7267 }
7268
7269 if (getFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(i).contains(keystroke))
7270 {
7271 throw new IllegalArgumentException("focus traversal keys must be unique for a Component");
7272 }
7273 }
7274 }
7275 }
7276
7277 oldKeys = focusTraversalKeys[id];
7278 focusTraversalKeys[id] = (keystrokes != null)
7279 ? Collections.unmodifiableSet(new HashSet(keystrokes))
7280 : null;
7281 }
7282
7283 firePropertyChange(focusTraversalKeyPropertyNames[id], oldKeys,
7284 keystrokes);
7285 }
7286 final Set getFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(int id) {
7287 // Okay to return Set directly because it is an unmodifiable view
7288 Set keystrokes = (focusTraversalKeys != null)
7289 ? focusTraversalKeys[id]
7290 : null;
7291
7292 if (keystrokes != null) {
7293 return keystrokes;
7294 } else {
7295 Container parent = this.parent;
7296 if (parent != null) {
7297 return parent.getFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7298 } else {
7299 return KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7300 getDefaultFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7301 }
7302 }
7303 }
7304
7305 /**
7306 * Returns whether the Set of focus traversal keys for the given focus
7307 * traversal operation has been explicitly defined for this Component. If
7308 * this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting the
7309 * Set from an ancestor, or from the current KeyboardFocusManager.
7310 *
7311 * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7312 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7313 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7314 * @return <code>true</code> if the the Set of focus traversal keys for the
7315 * given focus traversal operation has been explicitly defined for
7316 * this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
7317 * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7318 * KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7319 * KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7320 * KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7321 * @since 1.4
7322 */
7323 public boolean areFocusTraversalKeysSet(int id) {
7324 if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7325 throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7326 }
7327
7328 return (focusTraversalKeys != null && focusTraversalKeys[id] != null);
7329 }
7330
7331 /**
7332 * Sets whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component.
7333 * Components for which focus traversal keys are disabled receive key
7334 * events for focus traversal keys. Components for which focus traversal
7335 * keys are enabled do not see these events; instead, the events are
7336 * automatically converted to traversal operations.
7337 *
7338 * @param focusTraversalKeysEnabled whether focus traversal keys are
7339 * enabled for this Component
7340 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeysEnabled
7341 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
7342 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeys
7343 * @since 1.4
7344 * @beaninfo
7345 * bound: true
7346 */
7347 public void setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled(boolean
7348 focusTraversalKeysEnabled) {
7349 boolean oldFocusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7350 synchronized (this) {
7351 oldFocusTraversalKeysEnabled = this.focusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7352 this.focusTraversalKeysEnabled = focusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7353 }
7354 firePropertyChange("focusTraversalKeysEnabled",
7355 oldFocusTraversalKeysEnabled,
7356 focusTraversalKeysEnabled);
7357 }
7358
7359 /**
7360 * Returns whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component.
7361 * Components for which focus traversal keys are disabled receive key
7362 * events for focus traversal keys. Components for which focus traversal
7363 * keys are enabled do not see these events; instead, the events are
7364 * automatically converted to traversal operations.
7365 *
7366 * @return whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component
7367 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeysEnabled
7368 * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
7369 * @see #getFocusTraversalKeys
7370 * @since 1.4
7371 */
7372 public boolean getFocusTraversalKeysEnabled() {
7373 return focusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7374 }
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Requests that this Component get the input focus, and that this
7378 * Component's top-level ancestor become the focused Window. This
7379 * component must be displayable, focusable, visible and all of
7380 * its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level Window) must
7381 * be visible for the request to be granted. Every effort will be
7382 * made to honor the request; however, in some cases it may be
7383 * impossible to do so. Developers must never assume that this
7384 * Component is the focus owner until this Component receives a
7385 * FOCUS_GAINED event. If this request is denied because this
7386 * Component's top-level Window cannot become the focused Window,
7387 * the request will be remembered and will be granted when the
7388 * Window is later focused by the user.
7389 * <p>
7390 * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7391 * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()</code>
7392 * instead.
7393 * <p>
7394 * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7395 * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7396 * <code>requestFocusInWindow</code> when possible.
7397 *
7398 * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7399 * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7400 * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7401 *
7402 * @see #requestFocusInWindow
7403 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7404 * @see #addFocusListener
7405 * @see #isFocusable
7406 * @see #isDisplayable
7407 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7408 * @since JDK1.0
7409 */
7410 public void requestFocus() {
7411 requestFocusHelper(false, true);
7412 }
7413
7414 boolean requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7415 return requestFocusHelper(false, true, cause);
7416 }
7417
7418 /**
7419 * Requests that this <code>Component</code> get the input focus,
7420 * and that this <code>Component</code>'s top-level ancestor
7421 * become the focused <code>Window</code>. This component must be
7422 * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7423 * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7424 * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7425 * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7426 * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7427 * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED
7428 * event. If this request is denied because this component's
7429 * top-level window cannot become the focused window, the request
7430 * will be remembered and will be granted when the window is later
7431 * focused by the user.
7432 * <p>
7433 * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7434 * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7435 * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7436 * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7437 * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7438 * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7439 * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7440 * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7441 * <p>
7442 * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7443 * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner</code>
7444 * instead.
7445 * <p>
7446 * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7447 * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7448 * <code>requestFocusInWindow</code> when possible.
7449 * <p>
7450 * Every effort will be made to ensure that <code>FocusEvent</code>s
7451 * generated as a
7452 * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7453 * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7454 * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7455 * guaranteed only for lightweight <code>Component</code>s.
7456 * This method is not intended
7457 * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7458 * libraries, such as Swing.
7459 *
7460 * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7461 * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7462 * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7463 *
7464 * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7465 * such as when the window loses the focus; for
7466 * more information on temporary focus changes see the
7467 *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7468 * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7469 * fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7470 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7471 * @see #addFocusListener
7472 * @see #isFocusable
7473 * @see #isDisplayable
7474 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7475 * @since 1.4
7476 */
7477 protected boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary) {
7478 return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true);
7479 }
7480
7481 boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7482 return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true, cause);
7483 }
7484 /**
7485 * Requests that this Component get the input focus, if this
7486 * Component's top-level ancestor is already the focused
7487 * Window. This component must be displayable, focusable, visible
7488 * and all of its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level
7489 * Window) must be visible for the request to be granted. Every
7490 * effort will be made to honor the request; however, in some
7491 * cases it may be impossible to do so. Developers must never
7492 * assume that this Component is the focus owner until this
7493 * Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7494 * <p>
7495 * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7496 * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7497 * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7498 * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the Component's peer, occurs
7499 * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7500 * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7501 * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this Component is
7502 * the focus owner until this Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7503 * <p>
7504 * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7505 * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()</code>
7506 * instead.
7507 * <p>
7508 * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7509 * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7510 * method over <code>requestFocus</code> when possible. Code which relies
7511 * on <code>requestFocus</code> may exhibit different focus behavior on
7512 * different platforms.
7513 *
7514 * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7515 * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7516 * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7517 *
7518 * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7519 * fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7520 * @see #requestFocus
7521 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7522 * @see #addFocusListener
7523 * @see #isFocusable
7524 * @see #isDisplayable
7525 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7526 * @since 1.4
7527 */
7528 public boolean requestFocusInWindow() {
7529 return requestFocusHelper(false, false);
7530 }
7531
7532 boolean requestFocusInWindow(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7533 return requestFocusHelper(false, false, cause);
7534 }
7535
7536 /**
7537 * Requests that this <code>Component</code> get the input focus,
7538 * if this <code>Component</code>'s top-level ancestor is already
7539 * the focused <code>Window</code>. This component must be
7540 * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7541 * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7542 * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7543 * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7544 * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7545 * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7546 * <p>
7547 * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7548 * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7549 * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7550 * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7551 * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7552 * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7553 * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7554 * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7555 * <p>
7556 * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7557 * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner</code>
7558 * instead.
7559 * <p>
7560 * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7561 * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7562 * method over <code>requestFocus</code> when possible. Code which relies
7563 * on <code>requestFocus</code> may exhibit different focus behavior on
7564 * different platforms.
7565 * <p>
7566 * Every effort will be made to ensure that <code>FocusEvent</code>s
7567 * generated as a
7568 * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7569 * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7570 * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7571 * guaranteed only for lightweight components. This method is not intended
7572 * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7573 * libraries, such as Swing.
7574 *
7575 * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7576 * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7577 * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7578 *
7579 * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7580 * such as when the window loses the focus; for
7581 * more information on temporary focus changes see the
7582 *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7583 * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7584 * fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7585 * @see #requestFocus
7586 * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7587 * @see #addFocusListener
7588 * @see #isFocusable
7589 * @see #isDisplayable
7590 * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7591 * @since 1.4
7592 */
7593 protected boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary) {
7594 return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false);
7595 }
7596
7597 boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7598 return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false, cause);
7599 }
7600
7601 final boolean requestFocusHelper(boolean temporary,
7602 boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed) {
7603 return requestFocusHelper(temporary, focusedWindowChangeAllowed, CausedFocusEvent.Cause.UNKNOWN);
7604 }
7605
7606 final boolean requestFocusHelper(boolean temporary,
7607 boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed,
7608 CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause)
7609 {
7610 if (!isRequestFocusAccepted(temporary, focusedWindowChangeAllowed, cause)) {
7611 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7612 focusLog.finest("requestFocus is not accepted");
7613 }
7614 return false;
7615 }
7616
7617 // Update most-recent map
7618 KeyboardFocusManager.setMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
7619
7620 Component window = this;
7621 while ( (window != null) && !(window instanceof Window)) {
7622 if (!window.isVisible()) {
7623 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7624 focusLog.finest("component is recurively invisible");
7625 }
7626 return false;
7627 }
7628 window = window.parent;
7629 }
7630
7631 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
7632 Component heavyweight = (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)
7633 ? getNativeContainer() : this;
7634 if (heavyweight == null || !heavyweight.isVisible()) {
7635 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7636 focusLog.finest("Component is not a part of visible hierarchy");
7637 }
7638 return false;
7639 }
7640 peer = heavyweight.peer;
7641 if (peer == null) {
7642 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7643 focusLog.finest("Peer is null");
7644 }
7645 return false;
7646 }
7647
7648 // Focus this Component
7649 long time = EventQueue.getMostRecentEventTime();
7650 boolean success = peer.requestFocus
7651 (this, temporary, focusedWindowChangeAllowed, time, cause);
7652 if (!success) {
7653 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager
7654 (appContext).dequeueKeyEvents(time, this);
7655 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7656 focusLog.finest("Peer request failed");
7657 }
7658 } else {
7659 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7660 focusLog.finest("Pass for " + this);
7661 }
7662 }
7663 return success;
7664 }
7665
7666 private boolean isRequestFocusAccepted(boolean temporary,
7667 boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed,
7668 CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause)
7669 {
7670 if (!isFocusable() || !isVisible()) {
7671 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7672 focusLog.finest("Not focusable or not visible");
7673 }
7674 return false;
7675 }
7676
7677 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
7678 if (peer == null) {
7679 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7680 focusLog.finest("peer is null");
7681 }
7682 return false;
7683 }
7684
7685 Window window = getContainingWindow();
7686 if (window == null || !((Window)window).isFocusableWindow()) {
7687 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7688 focusLog.finest("Component doesn't have toplevel");
7689 }
7690 return false;
7691 }
7692
7693 // We have passed all regular checks for focus request,
7694 // now let's call RequestFocusController and see what it says.
7695 Component focusOwner = KeyboardFocusManager.getMostRecentFocusOwner(window);
7696 if (focusOwner == null) {
7697 // sometimes most recent focus owner may be null, but focus owner is not
7698 // e.g. we reset most recent focus owner if user removes focus owner
7699 focusOwner = KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().getFocusOwner();
7700 if (focusOwner != null && focusOwner.getContainingWindow() != window) {
7701 focusOwner = null;
7702 }
7703 }
7704
7705 if (focusOwner == this || focusOwner == null) {
7706 // Controller is supposed to verify focus transfers and for this it
7707 // should know both from and to components. And it shouldn't verify
7708 // transfers from when these components are equal.
7709 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7710 focusLog.finest("focus owner is null or this");
7711 }
7712 return true;
7713 }
7714
7715 if (CausedFocusEvent.Cause.ACTIVATION == cause) {
7716 // we shouldn't call RequestFocusController in case we are
7717 // in activation. We do request focus on component which
7718 // has got temporary focus lost and then on component which is
7719 // most recent focus owner. But most recent focus owner can be
7720 // changed by requestFocsuXXX() call only, so this transfer has
7721 // been already approved.
7722 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7723 focusLog.finest("cause is activation");
7724 }
7725 return true;
7726 }
7727
7728 boolean ret = Component.requestFocusController.acceptRequestFocus(focusOwner,
7729 this,
7730 temporary,
7731 focusedWindowChangeAllowed,
7732 cause);
7733 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
7734 focusLog.finest("RequestFocusController returns {0}", ret);
7735 }
7736
7737 return ret;
7738 }
7739
7740 private static RequestFocusController requestFocusController = new DummyRequestFocusController();
7741
7742 // Swing access this method through reflection to implement InputVerifier's functionality.
7743 // Perhaps, we should make this method public (later ;)
7744 private static class DummyRequestFocusController implements RequestFocusController {
7745 public boolean acceptRequestFocus(Component from, Component to,
7746 boolean temporary, boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed,
7747 CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause)
7748 {
7749 return true;
7750 }
7751 };
7752
7753 synchronized static void setRequestFocusController(RequestFocusController requestController)
7754 {
7755 if (requestController == null) {
7756 requestFocusController = new DummyRequestFocusController();
7757 } else {
7758 requestFocusController = requestController;
7759 }
7760 }
7761
7762 /**
7763 * Returns the Container which is the focus cycle root of this Component's
7764 * focus traversal cycle. Each focus traversal cycle has only a single
7765 * focus cycle root and each Component which is not a Container belongs to
7766 * only a single focus traversal cycle. Containers which are focus cycle
7767 * roots belong to two cycles: one rooted at the Container itself, and one
7768 * rooted at the Container's nearest focus-cycle-root ancestor. For such
7769 * Containers, this method will return the Container's nearest focus-cycle-
7770 * root ancestor.
7771 *
7772 * @return this Component's nearest focus-cycle-root ancestor
7773 * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7774 * @since 1.4
7775 */
7776 public Container getFocusCycleRootAncestor() {
7777 Container rootAncestor = this.parent;
7778 while (rootAncestor != null && !rootAncestor.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
7779 rootAncestor = rootAncestor.parent;
7780 }
7781 return rootAncestor;
7782 }
7783
7784 /**
7785 * Returns whether the specified Container is the focus cycle root of this
7786 * Component's focus traversal cycle. Each focus traversal cycle has only
7787 * a single focus cycle root and each Component which is not a Container
7788 * belongs to only a single focus traversal cycle.
7789 *
7790 * @param container the Container to be tested
7791 * @return <code>true</code> if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
7792 * root of this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise
7793 * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7794 * @since 1.4
7795 */
7796 public boolean isFocusCycleRoot(Container container) {
7797 Container rootAncestor = getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7798 return (rootAncestor == container);
7799 }
7800
7801 Container getTraversalRoot() {
7802 return getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7803 }
7804
7805 /**
7806 * Transfers the focus to the next component, as though this Component were
7807 * the focus owner.
7808 * @see #requestFocus()
7809 * @since JDK1.1
7810 */
7811 public void transferFocus() {
7812 nextFocus();
7813 }
7814
7815 /**
7816 * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
7817 * replaced by transferFocus().
7818 */
7819 @Deprecated
7820 public void nextFocus() {
7821 transferFocus(false);
7822 }
7823
7824 boolean transferFocus(boolean clearOnFailure) {
7825 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7826 focusLog.finer("clearOnFailure = " + clearOnFailure);
7827 }
7828 Component toFocus = getNextFocusCandidate();
7829 boolean res = false;
7830 if (toFocus != null && !toFocus.isFocusOwner() && toFocus != this) {
7831 res = toFocus.requestFocusInWindow(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_FORWARD);
7832 }
7833 if (clearOnFailure && !res) {
7834 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7835 focusLog.finer("clear global focus owner");
7836 }
7837 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().clearGlobalFocusOwner();
7838 }
7839 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7840 focusLog.finer("returning result: " + res);
7841 }
7842 return res;
7843 }
7844
7845 final Component getNextFocusCandidate() {
7846 Container rootAncestor = getTraversalRoot();
7847 Component comp = this;
7848 while (rootAncestor != null &&
7849 !(rootAncestor.isShowing() && rootAncestor.canBeFocusOwner()))
7850 {
7851 comp = rootAncestor;
7852 rootAncestor = comp.getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7853 }
7854 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7855 focusLog.finer("comp = " + comp + ", root = " + rootAncestor);
7856 }
7857 Component candidate = null;
7858 if (rootAncestor != null) {
7859 FocusTraversalPolicy policy = rootAncestor.getFocusTraversalPolicy();
7860 Component toFocus = policy.getComponentAfter(rootAncestor, comp);
7861 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7862 focusLog.finer("component after is " + toFocus);
7863 }
7864 if (toFocus == null) {
7865 toFocus = policy.getDefaultComponent(rootAncestor);
7866 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7867 focusLog.finer("default component is " + toFocus);
7868 }
7869 }
7870 if (toFocus == null) {
7871 Applet applet = EmbeddedFrame.getAppletIfAncestorOf(this);
7872 if (applet != null) {
7873 toFocus = applet;
7874 }
7875 }
7876 candidate = toFocus;
7877 }
7878 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7879 focusLog.finer("Focus transfer candidate: " + candidate);
7880 }
7881 return candidate;
7882 }
7883
7884 /**
7885 * Transfers the focus to the previous component, as though this Component
7886 * were the focus owner.
7887 * @see #requestFocus()
7888 * @since 1.4
7889 */
7890 public void transferFocusBackward() {
7891 transferFocusBackward(false);
7892 }
7893
7894 boolean transferFocusBackward(boolean clearOnFailure) {
7895 Container rootAncestor = getTraversalRoot();
7896 Component comp = this;
7897 while (rootAncestor != null &&
7898 !(rootAncestor.isShowing() && rootAncestor.canBeFocusOwner()))
7899 {
7900 comp = rootAncestor;
7901 rootAncestor = comp.getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7902 }
7903 boolean res = false;
7904 if (rootAncestor != null) {
7905 FocusTraversalPolicy policy = rootAncestor.getFocusTraversalPolicy();
7906 Component toFocus = policy.getComponentBefore(rootAncestor, comp);
7907 if (toFocus == null) {
7908 toFocus = policy.getDefaultComponent(rootAncestor);
7909 }
7910 if (toFocus != null) {
7911 res = toFocus.requestFocusInWindow(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_BACKWARD);
7912 }
7913 }
7914 if (clearOnFailure && !res) {
7915 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7916 focusLog.finer("clear global focus owner");
7917 }
7918 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().clearGlobalFocusOwner();
7919 }
7920 if (focusLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
7921 focusLog.finer("returning result: " + res);
7922 }
7923 return res;
7924 }
7925
7926 /**
7927 * Transfers the focus up one focus traversal cycle. Typically, the focus
7928 * owner is set to this Component's focus cycle root, and the current focus
7929 * cycle root is set to the new focus owner's focus cycle root. If,
7930 * however, this Component's focus cycle root is a Window, then the focus
7931 * owner is set to the focus cycle root's default Component to focus, and
7932 * the current focus cycle root is unchanged.
7933 *
7934 * @see #requestFocus()
7935 * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7936 * @see Container#setFocusCycleRoot(boolean)
7937 * @since 1.4
7938 */
7939 public void transferFocusUpCycle() {
7940 Container rootAncestor;
7941 for (rootAncestor = getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7942 rootAncestor != null && !(rootAncestor.isShowing() &&
7943 rootAncestor.isFocusable() &&
7944 rootAncestor.isEnabled());
7945 rootAncestor = rootAncestor.getFocusCycleRootAncestor()) {
7946 }
7947
7948 if (rootAncestor != null) {
7949 Container rootAncestorRootAncestor =
7950 rootAncestor.getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7951 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7952 setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRoot(
7953 (rootAncestorRootAncestor != null)
7954 ? rootAncestorRootAncestor
7955 : rootAncestor);
7956 rootAncestor.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
7957 } else {
7958 Window window = getContainingWindow();
7959
7960 if (window != null) {
7961 Component toFocus = window.getFocusTraversalPolicy().
7962 getDefaultComponent(window);
7963 if (toFocus != null) {
7964 KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7965 setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRoot(window);
7966 toFocus.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
7967 }
7968 }
7969 }
7970 }
7971
7972 /**
7973 * Returns <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
7974 * focus owner. This method is obsolete, and has been replaced by
7975 * <code>isFocusOwner()</code>.
7976 *
7977 * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
7978 * focus owner; <code>false</code> otherwise
7979 * @since 1.2
7980 */
7981 public boolean hasFocus() {
7982 return (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7983 getFocusOwner() == this);
7984 }
7985
7986 /**
7987 * Returns <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
7988 * focus owner.
7989 *
7990 * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
7991 * focus owner; <code>false</code> otherwise
7992 * @since 1.4
7993 */
7994 public boolean isFocusOwner() {
7995 return hasFocus();
7996 }
7997
7998 /*
7999 * Used to disallow auto-focus-transfer on disposal of the focus owner
8000 * in the process of disposing its parent container.
8001 */
8002 private boolean autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = true;
8003
8004 void setAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal(boolean value) {
8005 autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = value;
8006 }
8007
8008 boolean isAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal() {
8009 return autoFocusTransferOnDisposal;
8010 }
8011
8012 /**
8013 * Adds the specified popup menu to the component.
8014 * @param popup the popup menu to be added to the component.
8015 * @see #remove(MenuComponent)
8016 * @exception NullPointerException if {@code popup} is {@code null}
8017 * @since JDK1.1
8018 */
8019 public void add(PopupMenu popup) {
8020 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
8021 if (popup.parent != null) {
8022 popup.parent.remove(popup);
8023 }
8024 if (popups == null) {
8025 popups = new Vector();
8026 }
8027 popups.addElement(popup);
8028 popup.parent = this;
8029
8030 if (peer != null) {
8031 if (popup.peer == null) {
8032 popup.addNotify();
8033 }
8034 }
8035 }
8036 }
8037
8038 /**
8039 * Removes the specified popup menu from the component.
8040 * @param popup the popup menu to be removed
8041 * @see #add(PopupMenu)
8042 * @since JDK1.1
8043 */
8044 public void remove(MenuComponent popup) {
8045 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
8046 if (popups == null) {
8047 return;
8048 }
8049 int index = popups.indexOf(popup);
8050 if (index >= 0) {
8051 PopupMenu pmenu = (PopupMenu)popup;
8052 if (pmenu.peer != null) {
8053 pmenu.removeNotify();
8054 }
8055 pmenu.parent = null;
8056 popups.removeElementAt(index);
8057 if (popups.size() == 0) {
8058 popups = null;
8059 }
8060 }
8061 }
8062 }
8063
8064 /**
8065 * Returns a string representing the state of this component. This
8066 * method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
8067 * content and format of the returned string may vary between
8068 * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
8069 * <code>null</code>.
8070 *
8071 * @return a string representation of this component's state
8072 * @since JDK1.0
8073 */
8074 protected String paramString() {
8075 String thisName = getName();
8076 String str = (thisName != null? thisName : "") + "," + x + "," + y + "," + width + "x" + height;
8077 if (!isValid()) {
8078 str += ",invalid";
8079 }
8080 if (!visible) {
8081 str += ",hidden";
8082 }
8083 if (!enabled) {
8084 str += ",disabled";
8085 }
8086 return str;
8087 }
8088
8089 /**
8090 * Returns a string representation of this component and its values.
8091 * @return a string representation of this component
8092 * @since JDK1.0
8093 */
8094 public String toString() {
8095 return getClass().getName() + "[" + paramString() + "]";
8096 }
8097
8098 /**
8099 * Prints a listing of this component to the standard system output
8100 * stream <code>System.out</code>.
8101 * @see java.lang.System#out
8102 * @since JDK1.0
8103 */
8104 public void list() {
8105 list(System.out, 0);
8106 }
8107
8108 /**
8109 * Prints a listing of this component to the specified output
8110 * stream.
8111 * @param out a print stream
8112 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8113 * @since JDK1.0
8114 */
8115 public void list(PrintStream out) {
8116 list(out, 0);
8117 }
8118
8119 /**
8120 * Prints out a list, starting at the specified indentation, to the
8121 * specified print stream.
8122 * @param out a print stream
8123 * @param indent number of spaces to indent
8124 * @see java.io.PrintStream#println(java.lang.Object)
8125 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8126 * @since JDK1.0
8127 */
8128 public void list(PrintStream out, int indent) {
8129 for (int i = 0 ; i < indent ; i++) {
8130 out.print(" ");
8131 }
8132 out.println(this);
8133 }
8134
8135 /**
8136 * Prints a listing to the specified print writer.
8137 * @param out the print writer to print to
8138 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8139 * @since JDK1.1
8140 */
8141 public void list(PrintWriter out) {
8142 list(out, 0);
8143 }
8144
8145 /**
8146 * Prints out a list, starting at the specified indentation, to
8147 * the specified print writer.
8148 * @param out the print writer to print to
8149 * @param indent the number of spaces to indent
8150 * @throws NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8151 * @see java.io.PrintStream#println(java.lang.Object)
8152 * @since JDK1.1
8153 */
8154 public void list(PrintWriter out, int indent) {
8155 for (int i = 0 ; i < indent ; i++) {
8156 out.print(" ");
8157 }
8158 out.println(this);
8159 }
8160
8161 /*
8162 * Fetches the native container somewhere higher up in the component
8163 * tree that contains this component.
8164 */
8165 Container getNativeContainer() {
8166 Container p = parent;
8167 while (p != null && p.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
8168 p = p.getParent_NoClientCode();
8169 }
8170 return p;
8171 }
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Adds a PropertyChangeListener to the listener list. The listener is
8175 * registered for all bound properties of this class, including the
8176 * following:
8177 * <ul>
8178 * <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8179 * <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8180 * <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8181 * <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8182 * <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8183 * ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8184 * <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8185 * ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8186 * <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8187 * ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8188 * <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8189 * ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8190 * <li>this Component's preferred size ("preferredSize")</li>
8191 * <li>this Component's minimum size ("minimumSize")</li>
8192 * <li>this Component's maximum size ("maximumSize")</li>
8193 * <li>this Component's name ("name")</li>
8194 * </ul>
8195 * Note that if this <code>Component</code> is inheriting a bound property, then no
8196 * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8197 * <p>
8198 * If <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8199 * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
8200 *
8201 * @param listener the property change listener to be added
8202 *
8203 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
8204 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8205 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8206 */
8207 public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8208 PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8209 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8210 if (listener == null) {
8211 return;
8212 }
8213 if (changeSupport == null) {
8214 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8215 }
8216 changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
8217 }
8218 }
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Removes a PropertyChangeListener from the listener list. This method
8222 * should be used to remove PropertyChangeListeners that were registered
8223 * for all bound properties of this class.
8224 * <p>
8225 * If listener is null, no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
8226 *
8227 * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8228 *
8229 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
8230 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8231 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String,java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8232 */
8233 public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8234 PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8235 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8236 if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8237 return;
8238 }
8239 changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
8240 }
8241 }
8242
8243 /**
8244 * Returns an array of all the property change listeners
8245 * registered on this component.
8246 *
8247 * @return all of this component's <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s
8248 * or an empty array if no property change
8249 * listeners are currently registered
8250 *
8251 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
8252 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
8253 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8254 * @see java.beans.PropertyChangeSupport#getPropertyChangeListeners
8255 * @since 1.4
8256 */
8257 public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners() {
8258 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8259 if (changeSupport == null) {
8260 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8261 }
8262 return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners();
8263 }
8264 }
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Adds a PropertyChangeListener to the listener list for a specific
8268 * property. The specified property may be user-defined, or one of the
8269 * following:
8270 * <ul>
8271 * <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8272 * <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8273 * <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8274 * <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8275 * <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8276 * ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8277 * <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8278 * ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8279 * <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8280 * ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8281 * <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8282 * ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8283 * </ul>
8284 * Note that if this <code>Component</code> is inheriting a bound property, then no
8285 * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8286 * <p>
8287 * If <code>propertyName</code> or <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8288 * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8289 *
8290 * @param propertyName one of the property names listed above
8291 * @param listener the property change listener to be added
8292 *
8293 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8294 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8295 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8296 */
8297 public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8298 String propertyName,
8299 PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8300 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8301 if (listener == null) {
8302 return;
8303 }
8304 if (changeSupport == null) {
8305 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8306 }
8307 changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8308 }
8309 }
8310
8311 /**
8312 * Removes a <code>PropertyChangeListener</code> from the listener
8313 * list for a specific property. This method should be used to remove
8314 * <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s
8315 * that were registered for a specific bound property.
8316 * <p>
8317 * If <code>propertyName</code> or <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8318 * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8319 *
8320 * @param propertyName a valid property name
8321 * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8322 *
8323 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8324 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8325 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8326 */
8327 public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8328 String propertyName,
8329 PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8330 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8331 if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8332 return;
8333 }
8334 changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8335 }
8336 }
8337
8338 /**
8339 * Returns an array of all the listeners which have been associated
8340 * with the named property.
8341 *
8342 * @return all of the <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s associated with
8343 * the named property; if no such listeners have been added or
8344 * if <code>propertyName</code> is <code>null</code>, an empty
8345 * array is returned
8346 *
8347 * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8348 * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8349 * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8350 * @since 1.4
8351 */
8352 public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners(
8353 String propertyName) {
8354 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8355 if (changeSupport == null) {
8356 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8357 }
8358 return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners(propertyName);
8359 }
8360 }
8361
8362 /**
8363 * Support for reporting bound property changes for Object properties.
8364 * This method can be called when a bound property has changed and it will
8365 * send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent to any registered
8366 * PropertyChangeListeners.
8367 *
8368 * @param propertyName the property whose value has changed
8369 * @param oldValue the property's previous value
8370 * @param newValue the property's new value
8371 */
8372 protected void firePropertyChange(String propertyName,
8373 Object oldValue, Object newValue) {
8374 PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
8375 synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8376 changeSupport = this.changeSupport;
8377 }
8378 if (changeSupport == null ||
8379 (oldValue != null && newValue != null && oldValue.equals(newValue))) {
8380 return;
8381 }
8382 changeSupport.firePropertyChange(propertyName, oldValue, newValue);
8383 }
8384
8385 /**
8386 * Support for reporting bound property changes for boolean properties.
8387 * This method can be called when a bound property has changed and it will
8388 * send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent to any registered
8389 * PropertyChangeListeners.
8390 *
8391 * @param propertyName the property whose value has changed
8392 * @param oldValue the property's previous value
8393 * @param newValue the property's new value
8394 * @since 1.4
8395 */
8396 protected void firePropertyChange(String propertyName,
8397 boolean oldValue, boolean newValue) {
8398 PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport = this.changeSupport;
8399 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8400 return;
8401 }
8402 changeSupport.firePropertyChange(propertyName, oldValue, newValue);
8403 }
8404
8405 /**
8406 * Support for reporting bound property changes for integer properties.
8407 * This method can be called when a bound property has changed and it will
8408 * send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent to any registered
8409 * PropertyChangeListeners.
8410 *
8411 * @param propertyName the property whose value has changed
8412 * @param oldValue the property's previous value
8413 * @param newValue the property's new value
8414 * @since 1.4
8415 */
8416 protected void firePropertyChange(String propertyName,
8417 int oldValue, int newValue) {
8418 PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport = this.changeSupport;
8419 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8420 return;
8421 }
8422 changeSupport.firePropertyChange(propertyName, oldValue, newValue);
8423 }
8424
8425 /**
8426 * Reports a bound property change.
8427 *
8428 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8429 * that was changed
8430 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a byte)
8431 * @param newValue the new value of the property (as a byte)
8432 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8433 * java.lang.Object)
8434 * @since 1.5
8435 */
8436 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, byte oldValue, byte newValue) {
8437 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8438 return;
8439 }
8440 firePropertyChange(propertyName, Byte.valueOf(oldValue), Byte.valueOf(newValue));
8441 }
8442
8443 /**
8444 * Reports a bound property change.
8445 *
8446 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8447 * that was changed
8448 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a char)
8449 * @param newValue the new value of the property (as a char)
8450 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8451 * java.lang.Object)
8452 * @since 1.5
8453 */
8454 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, char oldValue, char newValue) {
8455 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8456 return;
8457 }
8458 firePropertyChange(propertyName, new Character(oldValue), new Character(newValue));
8459 }
8460
8461 /**
8462 * Reports a bound property change.
8463 *
8464 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8465 * that was changed
8466 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a short)
8467 * @param newValue the old value of the property (as a short)
8468 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8469 * java.lang.Object)
8470 * @since 1.5
8471 */
8472 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, short oldValue, short newValue) {
8473 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8474 return;
8475 }
8476 firePropertyChange(propertyName, Short.valueOf(oldValue), Short.valueOf(newValue));
8477 }
8478
8479
8480 /**
8481 * Reports a bound property change.
8482 *
8483 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8484 * that was changed
8485 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a long)
8486 * @param newValue the new value of the property (as a long)
8487 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8488 * java.lang.Object)
8489 * @since 1.5
8490 */
8491 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, long oldValue, long newValue) {
8492 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8493 return;
8494 }
8495 firePropertyChange(propertyName, Long.valueOf(oldValue), Long.valueOf(newValue));
8496 }
8497
8498 /**
8499 * Reports a bound property change.
8500 *
8501 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8502 * that was changed
8503 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a float)
8504 * @param newValue the new value of the property (as a float)
8505 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8506 * java.lang.Object)
8507 * @since 1.5
8508 */
8509 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, float oldValue, float newValue) {
8510 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8511 return;
8512 }
8513 firePropertyChange(propertyName, Float.valueOf(oldValue), Float.valueOf(newValue));
8514 }
8515
8516 /**
8517 * Reports a bound property change.
8518 *
8519 * @param propertyName the programmatic name of the property
8520 * that was changed
8521 * @param oldValue the old value of the property (as a double)
8522 * @param newValue the new value of the property (as a double)
8523 * @see #firePropertyChange(java.lang.String, java.lang.Object,
8524 * java.lang.Object)
8525 * @since 1.5
8526 */
8527 public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, double oldValue, double newValue) {
8528 if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8529 return;
8530 }
8531 firePropertyChange(propertyName, Double.valueOf(oldValue), Double.valueOf(newValue));
8532 }
8533
8534
8535 // Serialization support.
8536
8537 /**
8538 * Component Serialized Data Version.
8539 *
8540 * @serial
8541 */
8542 private int componentSerializedDataVersion = 4;
8543
8544 /**
8545 * This hack is for Swing serialization. It will invoke
8546 * the Swing package private method <code>compWriteObjectNotify</code>.
8547 */
8548 private void doSwingSerialization() {
8549 Package swingPackage = Package.getPackage("javax.swing");
8550 // For Swing serialization to correctly work Swing needs to
8551 // be notified before Component does it's serialization. This
8552 // hack accomodates this.
8553 //
8554 // Swing classes MUST be loaded by the bootstrap class loader,
8555 // otherwise we don't consider them.
8556 for (Class klass = Component.this.getClass(); klass != null;
8557 klass = klass.getSuperclass()) {
8558 if (klass.getPackage() == swingPackage &&
8559 klass.getClassLoader() == null) {
8560 final Class swingClass = klass;
8561 // Find the first override of the compWriteObjectNotify method
8562 Method[] methods = (Method[])AccessController.doPrivileged(
8563 new PrivilegedAction() {
8564 public Object run() {
8565 return swingClass.getDeclaredMethods();
8566 }
8567 });
8568 for (int counter = methods.length - 1; counter >= 0;
8569 counter--) {
8570 final Method method = methods[counter];
8571 if (method.getName().equals("compWriteObjectNotify")){
8572 // We found it, use doPrivileged to make it accessible
8573 // to use.
8574 AccessController.doPrivileged(new PrivilegedAction() {
8575 public Object run() {
8576 method.setAccessible(true);
8577 return null;
8578 }
8579 });
8580 // Invoke the method
8581 try {
8582 method.invoke(this, (Object[]) null);
8583 } catch (IllegalAccessException iae) {
8584 } catch (InvocationTargetException ite) {
8585 }
8586 // We're done, bail.
8587 return;
8588 }
8589 }
8590 }
8591 }
8592 }
8593
8594 /**
8595 * Writes default serializable fields to stream. Writes
8596 * a variety of serializable listeners as optional data.
8597 * The non-serializable listeners are detected and
8598 * no attempt is made to serialize them.
8599 *
8600 * @param s the <code>ObjectOutputStream</code> to write
8601 * @serialData <code>null</code> terminated sequence of
8602 * 0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a <code>String</code>
8603 * and an <code>Object</code>; the <code>String</code> indicates
8604 * the type of object and is one of the following (as of 1.4):
8605 * <code>componentListenerK</code> indicating an
8606 * <code>ComponentListener</code> object;
8607 * <code>focusListenerK</code> indicating an
8608 * <code>FocusListener</code> object;
8609 * <code>keyListenerK</code> indicating an
8610 * <code>KeyListener</code> object;
8611 * <code>mouseListenerK</code> indicating an
8612 * <code>MouseListener</code> object;
8613 * <code>mouseMotionListenerK</code> indicating an
8614 * <code>MouseMotionListener</code> object;
8615 * <code>inputMethodListenerK</code> indicating an
8616 * <code>InputMethodListener</code> object;
8617 * <code>hierarchyListenerK</code> indicating an
8618 * <code>HierarchyListener</code> object;
8619 * <code>hierarchyBoundsListenerK</code> indicating an
8620 * <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> object;
8621 * <code>mouseWheelListenerK</code> indicating an
8622 * <code>MouseWheelListener</code> object
8623 * @serialData an optional <code>ComponentOrientation</code>
8624 * (after <code>inputMethodListener</code>, as of 1.2)
8625 *
8626 * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(java.io.ObjectOutputStream, java.lang.String, java.util.EventListener)
8627 * @see #componentListenerK
8628 * @see #focusListenerK
8629 * @see #keyListenerK
8630 * @see #mouseListenerK
8631 * @see #mouseMotionListenerK
8632 * @see #inputMethodListenerK
8633 * @see #hierarchyListenerK
8634 * @see #hierarchyBoundsListenerK
8635 * @see #mouseWheelListenerK
8636 * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
8637 */
8638 private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
8639 throws IOException
8640 {
8641 doSwingSerialization();
8642
8643 s.defaultWriteObject();
8644
8645 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, componentListenerK, componentListener);
8646 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, focusListenerK, focusListener);
8647 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, keyListenerK, keyListener);
8648 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseListenerK, mouseListener);
8649 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseMotionListenerK, mouseMotionListener);
8650 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, inputMethodListenerK, inputMethodListener);
8651
8652 s.writeObject(null);
8653 s.writeObject(componentOrientation);
8654
8655 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyListenerK, hierarchyListener);
8656 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyBoundsListenerK,
8657 hierarchyBoundsListener);
8658 s.writeObject(null);
8659
8660 AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseWheelListenerK, mouseWheelListener);
8661 s.writeObject(null);
8662
8663 }
8664
8665 /**
8666 * Reads the <code>ObjectInputStream</code> and if it isn't
8667 * <code>null</code> adds a listener to receive a variety
8668 * of events fired by the component.
8669 * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
8670 *
8671 * @param s the <code>ObjectInputStream</code> to read
8672 * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
8673 */
8674 private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
8675 throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
8676 {
8677 objectLock = new Object();
8678
8679 acc = AccessController.getContext();
8680
8681 s.defaultReadObject();
8682
8683 appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
8684 coalescingEnabled = checkCoalescing();
8685 if (componentSerializedDataVersion < 4) {
8686 // These fields are non-transient and rely on default
8687 // serialization. However, the default values are insufficient,
8688 // so we need to set them explicitly for object data streams prior
8689 // to 1.4.
8690 focusable = true;
8691 isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN;
8692 initializeFocusTraversalKeys();
8693 focusTraversalKeysEnabled = true;
8694 }
8695
8696 Object keyOrNull;
8697 while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
8698 String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
8699
8700 if (componentListenerK == key)
8701 addComponentListener((ComponentListener)(s.readObject()));
8702
8703 else if (focusListenerK == key)
8704 addFocusListener((FocusListener)(s.readObject()));
8705
8706 else if (keyListenerK == key)
8707 addKeyListener((KeyListener)(s.readObject()));
8708
8709 else if (mouseListenerK == key)
8710 addMouseListener((MouseListener)(s.readObject()));
8711
8712 else if (mouseMotionListenerK == key)
8713 addMouseMotionListener((MouseMotionListener)(s.readObject()));
8714
8715 else if (inputMethodListenerK == key)
8716 addInputMethodListener((InputMethodListener)(s.readObject()));
8717
8718 else // skip value for unrecognized key
8719 s.readObject();
8720
8721 }
8722
8723 // Read the component's orientation if it's present
8724 Object orient = null;
8725
8726 try {
8727 orient = s.readObject();
8728 } catch (java.io.OptionalDataException e) {
8729 // JDK 1.1 instances will not have this optional data.
8730 // e.eof will be true to indicate that there is no more
8731 // data available for this object.
8732 // If e.eof is not true, throw the exception as it
8733 // might have been caused by reasons unrelated to
8734 // componentOrientation.
8735
8736 if (!e.eof) {
8737 throw (e);
8738 }
8739 }
8740
8741 if (orient != null) {
8742 componentOrientation = (ComponentOrientation)orient;
8743 } else {
8744 componentOrientation = ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN;
8745 }
8746
8747 try {
8748 while(null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
8749 String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
8750
8751 if (hierarchyListenerK == key) {
8752 addHierarchyListener((HierarchyListener)(s.readObject()));
8753 }
8754 else if (hierarchyBoundsListenerK == key) {
8755 addHierarchyBoundsListener((HierarchyBoundsListener)
8756 (s.readObject()));
8757 }
8758 else {
8759 // skip value for unrecognized key
8760 s.readObject();
8761 }
8762 }
8763 } catch (java.io.OptionalDataException e) {
8764 // JDK 1.1/1.2 instances will not have this optional data.
8765 // e.eof will be true to indicate that there is no more
8766 // data available for this object.
8767 // If e.eof is not true, throw the exception as it
8768 // might have been caused by reasons unrelated to
8769 // hierarchy and hierarchyBounds listeners.
8770
8771 if (!e.eof) {
8772 throw (e);
8773 }
8774 }
8775
8776 try {
8777 while (null != (keyOrNull = s.readObject())) {
8778 String key = ((String)keyOrNull).intern();
8779
8780 if (mouseWheelListenerK == key) {
8781 addMouseWheelListener((MouseWheelListener)(s.readObject()));
8782 }
8783 else {
8784 // skip value for unrecognized key
8785 s.readObject();
8786 }
8787 }
8788 } catch (java.io.OptionalDataException e) {
8789 // pre-1.3 instances will not have this optional data.
8790 // e.eof will be true to indicate that there is no more
8791 // data available for this object.
8792 // If e.eof is not true, throw the exception as it
8793 // might have been caused by reasons unrelated to
8794 // mouse wheel listeners
8795
8796 if (!e.eof) {
8797 throw (e);
8798 }
8799 }
8800
8801 if (popups != null) {
8802 int npopups = popups.size();
8803 for (int i = 0 ; i < npopups ; i++) {
8804 PopupMenu popup = (PopupMenu)popups.elementAt(i);
8805 popup.parent = this;
8806 }
8807 }
8808 }
8809
8810 /**
8811 * Sets the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
8812 * the elements or text within this component. Language-sensitive
8813 * <code>LayoutManager</code> and <code>Component</code>
8814 * subclasses will use this property to
8815 * determine how to lay out and draw components.
8816 * <p>
8817 * At construction time, a component's orientation is set to
8818 * <code>ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN</code>,
8819 * indicating that it has not been specified
8820 * explicitly. The UNKNOWN orientation behaves the same as
8821 * <code>ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT</code>.
8822 * <p>
8823 * To set the orientation of a single component, use this method.
8824 * To set the orientation of an entire component
8825 * hierarchy, use
8826 * {@link #applyComponentOrientation applyComponentOrientation}.
8827 * <p>
8828 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
8829 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
8830 *
8831 *
8832 * @see ComponentOrientation
8833 * @see #invalidate
8834 *
8835 * @author Laura Werner, IBM
8836 * @beaninfo
8837 * bound: true
8838 */
8839 public void setComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation o) {
8840 ComponentOrientation oldValue = componentOrientation;
8841 componentOrientation = o;
8842
8843 // This is a bound property, so report the change to
8844 // any registered listeners. (Cheap if there are none.)
8845 firePropertyChange("componentOrientation", oldValue, o);
8846
8847 // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
8848 invalidateIfValid();
8849 }
8850
8851 /**
8852 * Retrieves the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
8853 * the elements or text within this component. <code>LayoutManager</code>
8854 * and <code>Component</code>
8855 * subclasses that wish to respect orientation should call this method to
8856 * get the component's orientation before performing layout or drawing.
8857 *
8858 * @see ComponentOrientation
8859 *
8860 * @author Laura Werner, IBM
8861 */
8862 public ComponentOrientation getComponentOrientation() {
8863 return componentOrientation;
8864 }
8865
8866 /**
8867 * Sets the <code>ComponentOrientation</code> property of this component
8868 * and all components contained within it.
8869 * <p>
8870 * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
8871 * invalidates the component hierarchy.
8872 *
8873 *
8874 * @param orientation the new component orientation of this component and
8875 * the components contained within it.
8876 * @exception NullPointerException if <code>orientation</code> is null.
8877 * @see #setComponentOrientation
8878 * @see #getComponentOrientation
8879 * @see #invalidate
8880 * @since 1.4
8881 */
8882 public void applyComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation orientation) {
8883 if (orientation == null) {
8884 throw new NullPointerException();
8885 }
8886 setComponentOrientation(orientation);
8887 }
8888
8889 final boolean canBeFocusOwner() {
8890 // It is enabled, visible, focusable.
8891 if (isEnabled() && isDisplayable() && isVisible() && isFocusable()) {
8892 return true;
8893 }
8894 return false;
8895 }
8896
8897 /**
8898 * Checks that this component meets the prerequesites to be focus owner:
8899 * - it is enabled, visible, focusable
8900 * - it's parents are all enabled and showing
8901 * - top-level window is focusable
8902 * - if focus cycle root has DefaultFocusTraversalPolicy then it also checks that this policy accepts
8903 * this component as focus owner
8904 * @since 1.5
8905 */
8906 final boolean canBeFocusOwnerRecursively() {
8907 // - it is enabled, visible, focusable
8908 if (!canBeFocusOwner()) {
8909 return false;
8910 }
8911
8912 // - it's parents are all enabled and showing
8913 synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
8914 if (parent != null) {
8915 return parent.canContainFocusOwner(this);
8916 }
8917 }
8918 return true;
8919 }
8920
8921 /**
8922 * Fix the location of the HW component in a LW container hierarchy.
8923 */
8924 final void relocateComponent() {
8925 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
8926 if (peer == null) {
8927 return;
8928 }
8929 int nativeX = x;
8930 int nativeY = y;
8931 for (Component cont = getContainer();
8932 cont != null && cont.isLightweight();
8933 cont = cont.getContainer())
8934 {
8935 nativeX += cont.x;
8936 nativeY += cont.y;
8937 }
8938 peer.setBounds(nativeX, nativeY, width, height,
8939 ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
8940 }
8941 }
8942
8943 /**
8944 * Returns the <code>Window</code> ancestor of the component.
8945 * @return Window ancestor of the component or component by itself if it is Window;
8946 * null, if component is not a part of window hierarchy
8947 */
8948 Window getContainingWindow() {
8949 return SunToolkit.getContainingWindow(this);
8950 }
8951
8952 /**
8953 * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
8954 */
8955 private static native void initIDs();
8956
8957 /*
8958 * --- Accessibility Support ---
8959 *
8960 * Component will contain all of the methods in interface Accessible,
8961 * though it won't actually implement the interface - that will be up
8962 * to the individual objects which extend Component.
8963 */
8964
8965 AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
8966
8967 /**
8968 * Gets the <code>AccessibleContext</code> associated
8969 * with this <code>Component</code>.
8970 * The method implemented by this base
8971 * class returns null. Classes that extend <code>Component</code>
8972 * should implement this method to return the
8973 * <code>AccessibleContext</code> associated with the subclass.
8974 *
8975 *
8976 * @return the <code>AccessibleContext</code> of this
8977 * <code>Component</code>
8978 * @since 1.3
8979 */
8980 public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
8981 return accessibleContext;
8982 }
8983
8984 /**
8985 * Inner class of Component used to provide default support for
8986 * accessibility. This class is not meant to be used directly by
8987 * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
8988 * subclassed by component developers.
8989 * <p>
8990 * The class used to obtain the accessible role for this object.
8991 * @since 1.3
8992 */
8993 protected abstract class AccessibleAWTComponent extends AccessibleContext
8994 implements Serializable, AccessibleComponent {
8995
8996 private static final long serialVersionUID = 642321655757800191L;
8997
8998 /**
8999 * Though the class is abstract, this should be called by
9000 * all sub-classes.
9001 */
9002 protected AccessibleAWTComponent() {
9003 }
9004
9005 protected ComponentListener accessibleAWTComponentHandler = null;
9006 protected FocusListener accessibleAWTFocusHandler = null;
9007
9008 /**
9009 * Fire PropertyChange listener, if one is registered,
9010 * when shown/hidden..
9011 * @since 1.3
9012 */
9013 protected class AccessibleAWTComponentHandler implements ComponentListener {
9014 public void componentHidden(ComponentEvent e) {
9015 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9016 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9017 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9018 AccessibleState.VISIBLE, null);
9019 }
9020 }
9021
9022 public void componentShown(ComponentEvent e) {
9023 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9024 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9025 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9026 null, AccessibleState.VISIBLE);
9027 }
9028 }
9029
9030 public void componentMoved(ComponentEvent e) {
9031 }
9032
9033 public void componentResized(ComponentEvent e) {
9034 }
9035 } // inner class AccessibleAWTComponentHandler
9036
9037
9038 /**
9039 * Fire PropertyChange listener, if one is registered,
9040 * when focus events happen
9041 * @since 1.3
9042 */
9043 protected class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler implements FocusListener {
9044 public void focusGained(FocusEvent event) {
9045 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9046 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9047 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9048 null, AccessibleState.FOCUSED);
9049 }
9050 }
9051 public void focusLost(FocusEvent event) {
9052 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9053 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9054 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9055 AccessibleState.FOCUSED, null);
9056 }
9057 }
9058 } // inner class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler
9059
9060
9061 /**
9062 * Adds a <code>PropertyChangeListener</code> to the listener list.
9063 *
9064 * @param listener the property change listener to be added
9065 */
9066 public void addPropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9067 if (accessibleAWTComponentHandler == null) {
9068 accessibleAWTComponentHandler = new AccessibleAWTComponentHandler();
9069 Component.this.addComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9070 }
9071 if (accessibleAWTFocusHandler == null) {
9072 accessibleAWTFocusHandler = new AccessibleAWTFocusHandler();
9073 Component.this.addFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9074 }
9075 super.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
9076 }
9077
9078 /**
9079 * Remove a PropertyChangeListener from the listener list.
9080 * This removes a PropertyChangeListener that was registered
9081 * for all properties.
9082 *
9083 * @param listener The PropertyChangeListener to be removed
9084 */
9085 public void removePropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9086 if (accessibleAWTComponentHandler != null) {
9087 Component.this.removeComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9088 accessibleAWTComponentHandler = null;
9089 }
9090 if (accessibleAWTFocusHandler != null) {
9091 Component.this.removeFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9092 accessibleAWTFocusHandler = null;
9093 }
9094 super.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
9095 }
9096
9097 // AccessibleContext methods
9098 //
9099 /**
9100 * Gets the accessible name of this object. This should almost never
9101 * return <code>java.awt.Component.getName()</code>,
9102 * as that generally isn't a localized name,
9103 * and doesn't have meaning for the user. If the
9104 * object is fundamentally a text object (e.g. a menu item), the
9105 * accessible name should be the text of the object (e.g. "save").
9106 * If the object has a tooltip, the tooltip text may also be an
9107 * appropriate String to return.
9108 *
9109 * @return the localized name of the object -- can be
9110 * <code>null</code> if this
9111 * object does not have a name
9112 * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
9113 */
9114 public String getAccessibleName() {
9115 return accessibleName;
9116 }
9117
9118 /**
9119 * Gets the accessible description of this object. This should be
9120 * a concise, localized description of what this object is - what
9121 * is its meaning to the user. If the object has a tooltip, the
9122 * tooltip text may be an appropriate string to return, assuming
9123 * it contains a concise description of the object (instead of just
9124 * the name of the object - e.g. a "Save" icon on a toolbar that
9125 * had "save" as the tooltip text shouldn't return the tooltip
9126 * text as the description, but something like "Saves the current
9127 * text document" instead).
9128 *
9129 * @return the localized description of the object -- can be
9130 * <code>null</code> if this object does not have a description
9131 * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleDescription
9132 */
9133 public String getAccessibleDescription() {
9134 return accessibleDescription;
9135 }
9136
9137 /**
9138 * Gets the role of this object.
9139 *
9140 * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleRole</code>
9141 * describing the role of the object
9142 * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole
9143 */
9144 public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
9145 return AccessibleRole.AWT_COMPONENT;
9146 }
9147
9148 /**
9149 * Gets the state of this object.
9150 *
9151 * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleStateSet</code>
9152 * containing the current state set of the object
9153 * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleState
9154 */
9155 public AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9156 return Component.this.getAccessibleStateSet();
9157 }
9158
9159 /**
9160 * Gets the <code>Accessible</code> parent of this object.
9161 * If the parent of this object implements <code>Accessible</code>,
9162 * this method should simply return <code>getParent</code>.
9163 *
9164 * @return the <code>Accessible</code> parent of this
9165 * object -- can be <code>null</code> if this
9166 * object does not have an <code>Accessible</code> parent
9167 */
9168 public Accessible getAccessibleParent() {
9169 if (accessibleParent != null) {
9170 return accessibleParent;
9171 } else {
9172 Container parent = getParent();
9173 if (parent instanceof Accessible) {
9174 return (Accessible) parent;
9175 }
9176 }
9177 return null;
9178 }
9179
9180 /**
9181 * Gets the index of this object in its accessible parent.
9182 *
9183 * @return the index of this object in its parent; or -1 if this
9184 * object does not have an accessible parent
9185 * @see #getAccessibleParent
9186 */
9187 public int getAccessibleIndexInParent() {
9188 return Component.this.getAccessibleIndexInParent();
9189 }
9190
9191 /**
9192 * Returns the number of accessible children in the object. If all
9193 * of the children of this object implement <code>Accessible</code>,
9194 * then this method should return the number of children of this object.
9195 *
9196 * @return the number of accessible children in the object
9197 */
9198 public int getAccessibleChildrenCount() {
9199 return 0; // Components don't have children
9200 }
9201
9202 /**
9203 * Returns the nth <code>Accessible</code> child of the object.
9204 *
9205 * @param i zero-based index of child
9206 * @return the nth <code>Accessible</code> child of the object
9207 */
9208 public Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
9209 return null; // Components don't have children
9210 }
9211
9212 /**
9213 * Returns the locale of this object.
9214 *
9215 * @return the locale of this object
9216 */
9217 public Locale getLocale() {
9218 return Component.this.getLocale();
9219 }
9220
9221 /**
9222 * Gets the <code>AccessibleComponent</code> associated
9223 * with this object if one exists.
9224 * Otherwise return <code>null</code>.
9225 *
9226 * @return the component
9227 */
9228 public AccessibleComponent getAccessibleComponent() {
9229 return this;
9230 }
9231
9232
9233 // AccessibleComponent methods
9234 //
9235 /**
9236 * Gets the background color of this object.
9237 *
9238 * @return the background color, if supported, of the object;
9239 * otherwise, <code>null</code>
9240 */
9241 public Color getBackground() {
9242 return Component.this.getBackground();
9243 }
9244
9245 /**
9246 * Sets the background color of this object.
9247 * (For transparency, see <code>isOpaque</code>.)
9248 *
9249 * @param c the new <code>Color</code> for the background
9250 * @see Component#isOpaque
9251 */
9252 public void setBackground(Color c) {
9253 Component.this.setBackground(c);
9254 }
9255
9256 /**
9257 * Gets the foreground color of this object.
9258 *
9259 * @return the foreground color, if supported, of the object;
9260 * otherwise, <code>null</code>
9261 */
9262 public Color getForeground() {
9263 return Component.this.getForeground();
9264 }
9265
9266 /**
9267 * Sets the foreground color of this object.
9268 *
9269 * @param c the new <code>Color</code> for the foreground
9270 */
9271 public void setForeground(Color c) {
9272 Component.this.setForeground(c);
9273 }
9274
9275 /**
9276 * Gets the <code>Cursor</code> of this object.
9277 *
9278 * @return the <code>Cursor</code>, if supported,
9279 * of the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9280 */
9281 public Cursor getCursor() {
9282 return Component.this.getCursor();
9283 }
9284
9285 /**
9286 * Sets the <code>Cursor</code> of this object.
9287 * <p>
9288 * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
9289 * implementation and/or the native system do not support
9290 * changing the mouse cursor shape.
9291 * @param cursor the new <code>Cursor</code> for the object
9292 */
9293 public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
9294 Component.this.setCursor(cursor);
9295 }
9296
9297 /**
9298 * Gets the <code>Font</code> of this object.
9299 *
9300 * @return the <code>Font</code>, if supported,
9301 * for the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9302 */
9303 public Font getFont() {
9304 return Component.this.getFont();
9305 }
9306
9307 /**
9308 * Sets the <code>Font</code> of this object.
9309 *
9310 * @param f the new <code>Font</code> for the object
9311 */
9312 public void setFont(Font f) {
9313 Component.this.setFont(f);
9314 }
9315
9316 /**
9317 * Gets the <code>FontMetrics</code> of this object.
9318 *
9319 * @param f the <code>Font</code>
9320 * @return the <code>FontMetrics</code>, if supported,
9321 * the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9322 * @see #getFont
9323 */
9324 public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
9325 if (f == null) {
9326 return null;
9327 } else {
9328 return Component.this.getFontMetrics(f);
9329 }
9330 }
9331
9332 /**
9333 * Determines if the object is enabled.
9334 *
9335 * @return true if object is enabled; otherwise, false
9336 */
9337 public boolean isEnabled() {
9338 return Component.this.isEnabled();
9339 }
9340
9341 /**
9342 * Sets the enabled state of the object.
9343 *
9344 * @param b if true, enables this object; otherwise, disables it
9345 */
9346 public void setEnabled(boolean b) {
9347 boolean old = Component.this.isEnabled();
9348 Component.this.setEnabled(b);
9349 if (b != old) {
9350 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9351 if (b) {
9352 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9353 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9354 null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9355 } else {
9356 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9357 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9358 AccessibleState.ENABLED, null);
9359 }
9360 }
9361 }
9362 }
9363
9364 /**
9365 * Determines if the object is visible. Note: this means that the
9366 * object intends to be visible; however, it may not in fact be
9367 * showing on the screen because one of the objects that this object
9368 * is contained by is not visible. To determine if an object is
9369 * showing on the screen, use <code>isShowing</code>.
9370 *
9371 * @return true if object is visible; otherwise, false
9372 */
9373 public boolean isVisible() {
9374 return Component.this.isVisible();
9375 }
9376
9377 /**
9378 * Sets the visible state of the object.
9379 *
9380 * @param b if true, shows this object; otherwise, hides it
9381 */
9382 public void setVisible(boolean b) {
9383 boolean old = Component.this.isVisible();
9384 Component.this.setVisible(b);
9385 if (b != old) {
9386 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9387 if (b) {
9388 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9389 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9390 null, AccessibleState.VISIBLE);
9391 } else {
9392 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9393 AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9394 AccessibleState.VISIBLE, null);
9395 }
9396 }
9397 }
9398 }
9399
9400 /**
9401 * Determines if the object is showing. This is determined by checking
9402 * the visibility of the object and ancestors of the object. Note:
9403 * this will return true even if the object is obscured by another
9404 * (for example, it happens to be underneath a menu that was pulled
9405 * down).
9406 *
9407 * @return true if object is showing; otherwise, false
9408 */
9409 public boolean isShowing() {
9410 return Component.this.isShowing();
9411 }
9412
9413 /**
9414 * Checks whether the specified point is within this object's bounds,
9415 * where the point's x and y coordinates are defined to be relative to
9416 * the coordinate system of the object.
9417 *
9418 * @param p the <code>Point</code> relative to the
9419 * coordinate system of the object
9420 * @return true if object contains <code>Point</code>; otherwise false
9421 */
9422 public boolean contains(Point p) {
9423 return Component.this.contains(p);
9424 }
9425
9426 /**
9427 * Returns the location of the object on the screen.
9428 *
9429 * @return location of object on screen -- can be
9430 * <code>null</code> if this object is not on the screen
9431 */
9432 public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
9433 synchronized (Component.this.getTreeLock()) {
9434 if (Component.this.isShowing()) {
9435 return Component.this.getLocationOnScreen();
9436 } else {
9437 return null;
9438 }
9439 }
9440 }
9441
9442 /**
9443 * Gets the location of the object relative to the parent in the form
9444 * of a point specifying the object's top-left corner in the screen's
9445 * coordinate space.
9446 *
9447 * @return an instance of Point representing the top-left corner of
9448 * the object's bounds in the coordinate space of the screen;
9449 * <code>null</code> if this object or its parent are not on the screen
9450 */
9451 public Point getLocation() {
9452 return Component.this.getLocation();
9453 }
9454
9455 /**
9456 * Sets the location of the object relative to the parent.
9457 * @param p the coordinates of the object
9458 */
9459 public void setLocation(Point p) {
9460 Component.this.setLocation(p);
9461 }
9462
9463 /**
9464 * Gets the bounds of this object in the form of a Rectangle object.
9465 * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9466 * relative to its parent.
9467 *
9468 * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds;
9469 * <code>null</code> if this object is not on the screen
9470 */
9471 public Rectangle getBounds() {
9472 return Component.this.getBounds();
9473 }
9474
9475 /**
9476 * Sets the bounds of this object in the form of a
9477 * <code>Rectangle</code> object.
9478 * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9479 * relative to its parent.
9480 *
9481 * @param r a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
9482 */
9483 public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
9484 Component.this.setBounds(r);
9485 }
9486
9487 /**
9488 * Returns the size of this object in the form of a
9489 * <code>Dimension</code> object. The height field of the
9490 * <code>Dimension</code> object contains this objects's
9491 * height, and the width field of the <code>Dimension</code>
9492 * object contains this object's width.
9493 *
9494 * @return a <code>Dimension</code> object that indicates
9495 * the size of this component; <code>null</code> if
9496 * this object is not on the screen
9497 */
9498 public Dimension getSize() {
9499 return Component.this.getSize();
9500 }
9501
9502 /**
9503 * Resizes this object so that it has width and height.
9504 *
9505 * @param d - the dimension specifying the new size of the object
9506 */
9507 public void setSize(Dimension d) {
9508 Component.this.setSize(d);
9509 }
9510
9511 /**
9512 * Returns the <code>Accessible</code> child,
9513 * if one exists, contained at the local
9514 * coordinate <code>Point</code>. Otherwise returns
9515 * <code>null</code>.
9516 *
9517 * @param p the point defining the top-left corner of
9518 * the <code>Accessible</code>, given in the
9519 * coordinate space of the object's parent
9520 * @return the <code>Accessible</code>, if it exists,
9521 * at the specified location; else <code>null</code>
9522 */
9523 public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
9524 return null; // Components don't have children
9525 }
9526
9527 /**
9528 * Returns whether this object can accept focus or not.
9529 *
9530 * @return true if object can accept focus; otherwise false
9531 */
9532 public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
9533 return Component.this.isFocusTraversable();
9534 }
9535
9536 /**
9537 * Requests focus for this object.
9538 */
9539 public void requestFocus() {
9540 Component.this.requestFocus();
9541 }
9542
9543 /**
9544 * Adds the specified focus listener to receive focus events from this
9545 * component.
9546 *
9547 * @param l the focus listener
9548 */
9549 public void addFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
9550 Component.this.addFocusListener(l);
9551 }
9552
9553 /**
9554 * Removes the specified focus listener so it no longer receives focus
9555 * events from this component.
9556 *
9557 * @param l the focus listener
9558 */
9559 public void removeFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
9560 Component.this.removeFocusListener(l);
9561 }
9562
9563 } // inner class AccessibleAWTComponent
9564
9565
9566 /**
9567 * Gets the index of this object in its accessible parent.
9568 * If this object does not have an accessible parent, returns
9569 * -1.
9570 *
9571 * @return the index of this object in its accessible parent
9572 */
9573 int getAccessibleIndexInParent() {
9574 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9575 int index = -1;
9576 Container parent = this.getParent();
9577 if (parent != null && parent instanceof Accessible) {
9578 Component ca[] = parent.getComponents();
9579 for (int i = 0; i < ca.length; i++) {
9580 if (ca[i] instanceof Accessible) {
9581 index++;
9582 }
9583 if (this.equals(ca[i])) {
9584 return index;
9585 }
9586 }
9587 }
9588 return -1;
9589 }
9590 }
9591
9592 /**
9593 * Gets the current state set of this object.
9594 *
9595 * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleStateSet</code>
9596 * containing the current state set of the object
9597 * @see AccessibleState
9598 */
9599 AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9600 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9601 AccessibleStateSet states = new AccessibleStateSet();
9602 if (this.isEnabled()) {
9603 states.add(AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9604 }
9605 if (this.isFocusTraversable()) {
9606 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSABLE);
9607 }
9608 if (this.isVisible()) {
9609 states.add(AccessibleState.VISIBLE);
9610 }
9611 if (this.isShowing()) {
9612 states.add(AccessibleState.SHOWING);
9613 }
9614 if (this.isFocusOwner()) {
9615 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSED);
9616 }
9617 if (this instanceof Accessible) {
9618 AccessibleContext ac = ((Accessible) this).getAccessibleContext();
9619 if (ac != null) {
9620 Accessible ap = ac.getAccessibleParent();
9621 if (ap != null) {
9622 AccessibleContext pac = ap.getAccessibleContext();
9623 if (pac != null) {
9624 AccessibleSelection as = pac.getAccessibleSelection();
9625 if (as != null) {
9626 states.add(AccessibleState.SELECTABLE);
9627 int i = ac.getAccessibleIndexInParent();
9628 if (i >= 0) {
9629 if (as.isAccessibleChildSelected(i)) {
9630 states.add(AccessibleState.SELECTED);
9631 }
9632 }
9633 }
9634 }
9635 }
9636 }
9637 }
9638 if (Component.isInstanceOf(this, "javax.swing.JComponent")) {
9639 if (((javax.swing.JComponent) this).isOpaque()) {
9640 states.add(AccessibleState.OPAQUE);
9641 }
9642 }
9643 return states;
9644 }
9645 }
9646
9647 /**
9648 * Checks that the given object is instance of the given class.
9649 * @param obj Object to be checked
9650 * @param className The name of the class. Must be fully-qualified class name.
9651 * @return true, if this object is instanceof given class,
9652 * false, otherwise, or if obj or className is null
9653 */
9654 static boolean isInstanceOf(Object obj, String className) {
9655 if (obj == null) return false;
9656 if (className == null) return false;
9657
9658 Class cls = obj.getClass();
9659 while (cls != null) {
9660 if (cls.getName().equals(className)) {
9661 return true;
9662 }
9663 cls = cls.getSuperclass();
9664 }
9665 return false;
9666 }
9667
9668
9669 // ************************** MIXING CODE *******************************
9670
9671 /**
9672 * Check whether we can trust the current bounds of the component.
9673 * The return value of false indicates that the container of the
9674 * component is invalid, and therefore needs to be layed out, which would
9675 * probably mean changing the bounds of its children.
9676 * Null-layout of the container or absence of the container mean
9677 * the bounds of the component are final and can be trusted.
9678 */
9679 final boolean areBoundsValid() {
9680 Container cont = getContainer();
9681 return cont == null || cont.isValid() || cont.getLayout() == null;
9682 }
9683
9684 /**
9685 * Applies the shape to the component
9686 * @param shape Shape to be applied to the component
9687 */
9688 void applyCompoundShape(Region shape) {
9689 checkTreeLock();
9690
9691 if (!areBoundsValid()) {
9692 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9693 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; areBoundsValid = " + areBoundsValid());
9694 }
9695 return;
9696 }
9697
9698 if (!isLightweight()) {
9699 ComponentPeer peer = getPeer();
9700 if (peer != null) {
9701 // The Region class has some optimizations. That's why
9702 // we should manually check whether it's empty and
9703 // substitute the object ourselves. Otherwise we end up
9704 // with some incorrect Region object with loX being
9705 // greater than the hiX for instance.
9706 if (shape.isEmpty()) {
9707 shape = Region.EMPTY_REGION;
9708 }
9709
9710
9711 // Note: the shape is not really copied/cloned. We create
9712 // the Region object ourselves, so there's no any possibility
9713 // to modify the object outside of the mixing code.
9714 // Nullifying compoundShape means that the component has normal shape
9715 // (or has no shape at all).
9716 if (shape.equals(getNormalShape())) {
9717 if (this.compoundShape == null) {
9718 return;
9719 }
9720 this.compoundShape = null;
9721 peer.applyShape(null);
9722 } else {
9723 if (shape.equals(getAppliedShape())) {
9724 return;
9725 }
9726 this.compoundShape = shape;
9727 Point compAbsolute = getLocationOnWindow();
9728 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINER)) {
9729 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this +
9730 "; compAbsolute=" + compAbsolute + "; shape=" + shape);
9731 }
9732 peer.applyShape(shape.getTranslatedRegion(-compAbsolute.x, -compAbsolute.y));
9733 }
9734 }
9735 }
9736 }
9737
9738 /**
9739 * Returns the shape previously set with applyCompoundShape().
9740 * If the component is LW or no shape was applied yet,
9741 * the method returns the normal shape.
9742 */
9743 private Region getAppliedShape() {
9744 checkTreeLock();
9745 //XXX: if we allow LW components to have a shape, this must be changed
9746 return (this.compoundShape == null || isLightweight()) ? getNormalShape() : this.compoundShape;
9747 }
9748
9749 Point getLocationOnWindow() {
9750 checkTreeLock();
9751 Point curLocation = getLocation();
9752
9753 for (Container parent = getContainer();
9754 parent != null && !(parent instanceof Window);
9755 parent = parent.getContainer())
9756 {
9757 curLocation.x += parent.getX();
9758 curLocation.y += parent.getY();
9759 }
9760
9761 return curLocation;
9762 }
9763
9764 /**
9765 * Returns the full shape of the component located in window coordinates
9766 */
9767 final Region getNormalShape() {
9768 checkTreeLock();
9769 //XXX: we may take into account a user-specified shape for this component
9770 Point compAbsolute = getLocationOnWindow();
9771 return
9772 Region.getInstanceXYWH(
9773 compAbsolute.x,
9774 compAbsolute.y,
9775 getWidth(),
9776 getHeight()
9777 );
9778 }
9779
9780 /**
9781 * Returns the "opaque shape" of the component.
9782 *
9783 * The opaque shape of a lightweight components is the actual shape that
9784 * needs to be cut off of the heavyweight components in order to mix this
9785 * lightweight component correctly with them.
9786 *
9787 * The method is overriden in the java.awt.Container to handle non-opaque
9788 * containers containing opaque children.
9789 *
9790 * See 6637655 for details.
9791 */
9792 Region getOpaqueShape() {
9793 checkTreeLock();
9794 if (mixingCutoutRegion != null) {
9795 return mixingCutoutRegion;
9796 } else {
9797 return getNormalShape();
9798 }
9799 }
9800
9801 final int getSiblingIndexAbove() {
9802 checkTreeLock();
9803 Container parent = getContainer();
9804 if (parent == null) {
9805 return -1;
9806 }
9807
9808 int nextAbove = parent.getComponentZOrder(this) - 1;
9809
9810 return nextAbove < 0 ? -1 : nextAbove;
9811 }
9812
9813 final ComponentPeer getHWPeerAboveMe() {
9814 checkTreeLock();
9815
9816 Container cont = getContainer();
9817 int indexAbove = getSiblingIndexAbove();
9818
9819 while (cont != null) {
9820 for (int i = indexAbove; i > -1; i--) {
9821 Component comp = cont.getComponent(i);
9822 if (comp != null && comp.isDisplayable() && !comp.isLightweight()) {
9823 return comp.getPeer();
9824 }
9825 }
9826 // traversing the hierarchy up to the closest HW container;
9827 // further traversing may return a component that is not actually
9828 // a native sibling of this component and this kind of z-order
9829 // request may not be allowed by the underlying system (6852051).
9830 if (!cont.isLightweight()) {
9831 break;
9832 }
9833
9834 indexAbove = cont.getSiblingIndexAbove();
9835 cont = cont.getContainer();
9836 }
9837
9838 return null;
9839 }
9840
9841 final int getSiblingIndexBelow() {
9842 checkTreeLock();
9843 Container parent = getContainer();
9844 if (parent == null) {
9845 return -1;
9846 }
9847
9848 int nextBelow = parent.getComponentZOrder(this) + 1;
9849
9850 return nextBelow >= parent.getComponentCount() ? -1 : nextBelow;
9851 }
9852
9853 final boolean isNonOpaqueForMixing() {
9854 return mixingCutoutRegion != null &&
9855 mixingCutoutRegion.isEmpty();
9856 }
9857
9858 private Region calculateCurrentShape() {
9859 checkTreeLock();
9860 Region s = getNormalShape();
9861
9862 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9863 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; normalShape=" + s);
9864 }
9865
9866 if (getContainer() != null) {
9867 Component comp = this;
9868 Container cont = comp.getContainer();
9869
9870 while (cont != null) {
9871 for (int index = comp.getSiblingIndexAbove(); index != -1; --index) {
9872 /* It is assumed that:
9873 *
9874 * getComponent(getContainer().getComponentZOrder(comp)) == comp
9875 *
9876 * The assumption has been made according to the current
9877 * implementation of the Container class.
9878 */
9879 Component c = cont.getComponent(index);
9880 if (c.isLightweight() && c.isShowing()) {
9881 s = s.getDifference(c.getOpaqueShape());
9882 }
9883 }
9884
9885 if (cont.isLightweight()) {
9886 s = s.getIntersection(cont.getNormalShape());
9887 } else {
9888 break;
9889 }
9890
9891 comp = cont;
9892 cont = cont.getContainer();
9893 }
9894 }
9895
9896 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9897 mixingLog.fine("currentShape=" + s);
9898 }
9899
9900 return s;
9901 }
9902
9903 void applyCurrentShape() {
9904 checkTreeLock();
9905 if (!areBoundsValid()) {
9906 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9907 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; areBoundsValid = " + areBoundsValid());
9908 }
9909 return; // Because applyCompoundShape() ignores such components anyway
9910 }
9911 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9912 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this);
9913 }
9914 applyCompoundShape(calculateCurrentShape());
9915 }
9916
9917 final void subtractAndApplyShape(Region s) {
9918 checkTreeLock();
9919
9920 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9921 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; s=" + s);
9922 }
9923
9924 applyCompoundShape(getAppliedShape().getDifference(s));
9925 }
9926
9927 private final void applyCurrentShapeBelowMe() {
9928 checkTreeLock();
9929 Container parent = getContainer();
9930 if (parent != null && parent.isShowing()) {
9931 // First, reapply shapes of my siblings
9932 parent.recursiveApplyCurrentShape(getSiblingIndexBelow());
9933
9934 // Second, if my container is non-opaque, reapply shapes of siblings of my container
9935 Container parent2 = parent.getContainer();
9936 while (!parent.isOpaque() && parent2 != null) {
9937 parent2.recursiveApplyCurrentShape(parent.getSiblingIndexBelow());
9938
9939 parent = parent2;
9940 parent2 = parent.getContainer();
9941 }
9942 }
9943 }
9944
9945 final void subtractAndApplyShapeBelowMe() {
9946 checkTreeLock();
9947 Container parent = getContainer();
9948 if (parent != null && isShowing()) {
9949 Region opaqueShape = getOpaqueShape();
9950
9951 // First, cut my siblings
9952 parent.recursiveSubtractAndApplyShape(opaqueShape, getSiblingIndexBelow());
9953
9954 // Second, if my container is non-opaque, cut siblings of my container
9955 Container parent2 = parent.getContainer();
9956 while (!parent.isOpaque() && parent2 != null) {
9957 parent2.recursiveSubtractAndApplyShape(opaqueShape, parent.getSiblingIndexBelow());
9958
9959 parent = parent2;
9960 parent2 = parent.getContainer();
9961 }
9962 }
9963 }
9964
9965 void mixOnShowing() {
9966 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9967 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9968 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this);
9969 }
9970 if (!isMixingNeeded()) {
9971 return;
9972 }
9973 if (isLightweight()) {
9974 subtractAndApplyShapeBelowMe();
9975 } else {
9976 applyCurrentShape();
9977 }
9978 }
9979 }
9980
9981 void mixOnHiding(boolean isLightweight) {
9982 // We cannot be sure that the peer exists at this point, so we need the argument
9983 // to find out whether the hiding component is (well, actually was) a LW or a HW.
9984 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9985 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
9986 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; isLightweight = " + isLightweight);
9987 }
9988 if (!isMixingNeeded()) {
9989 return;
9990 }
9991 if (isLightweight) {
9992 applyCurrentShapeBelowMe();
9993 }
9994 }
9995 }
9996
9997 void mixOnReshaping() {
9998 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9999 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
10000 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this);
10001 }
10002 if (!isMixingNeeded()) {
10003 return;
10004 }
10005 if (isLightweight()) {
10006 applyCurrentShapeBelowMe();
10007 } else {
10008 applyCurrentShape();
10009 }
10010 }
10011 }
10012
10013 void mixOnZOrderChanging(int oldZorder, int newZorder) {
10014 synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
10015 boolean becameHigher = newZorder < oldZorder;
10016 Container parent = getContainer();
10017
10018 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
10019 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this +
10020 "; oldZorder=" + oldZorder + "; newZorder=" + newZorder + "; parent=" + parent);
10021 }
10022 if (!isMixingNeeded()) {
10023 return;
10024 }
10025 if (isLightweight()) {
10026 if (becameHigher) {
10027 if (parent != null && isShowing()) {
10028 parent.recursiveSubtractAndApplyShape(getOpaqueShape(), getSiblingIndexBelow(), oldZorder);
10029 }
10030 } else {
10031 if (parent != null) {
10032 parent.recursiveApplyCurrentShape(oldZorder, newZorder);
10033 }
10034 }
10035 } else {
10036 if (becameHigher) {
10037 applyCurrentShape();
10038 } else {
10039 if (parent != null) {
10040 Region shape = getAppliedShape();
10041
10042 for (int index = oldZorder; index < newZorder; index++) {
10043 Component c = parent.getComponent(index);
10044 if (c.isLightweight() && c.isShowing()) {
10045 shape = shape.getDifference(c.getOpaqueShape());
10046 }
10047 }
10048 applyCompoundShape(shape);
10049 }
10050 }
10051 }
10052 }
10053 }
10054
10055 void mixOnValidating() {
10056 // This method gets overriden in the Container. Obviously, a plain
10057 // non-container components don't need to handle validation.
10058 }
10059
10060 final boolean isMixingNeeded() {
10061 if (SunToolkit.getSunAwtDisableMixing()) {
10062 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINEST)) {
10063 mixingLog.finest("this = " + this + "; Mixing disabled via sun.awt.disableMixing");
10064 }
10065 return false;
10066 }
10067 if (!areBoundsValid()) {
10068 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
10069 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; areBoundsValid = " + areBoundsValid());
10070 }
10071 return false;
10072 }
10073 Window window = getContainingWindow();
10074 if (window != null) {
10075 if (!window.hasHeavyweightDescendants() || !window.hasLightweightDescendants() || window.isDisposing()) {
10076 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
10077 mixingLog.fine("containing window = " + window +
10078 "; has h/w descendants = " + window.hasHeavyweightDescendants() +
10079 "; has l/w descendants = " + window.hasLightweightDescendants() +
10080 "; disposing = " + window.isDisposing());
10081 }
10082 return false;
10083 }
10084 } else {
10085 if (mixingLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.FINE)) {
10086 mixingLog.fine("this = " + this + "; containing window is null");
10087 }
10088 return false;
10089 }
10090 return true;
10091 }
10092
10093 // ****************** END OF MIXING CODE ********************************
10094
10095 // Note that the method is overriden in the Window class,
10096 // a window doesn't need to be updated in the Z-order.
10097 void updateZOrder() {
10098 peer.setZOrder(getHWPeerAboveMe());
10099 }
10100
10101 }